WO2016201701A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016201701A1
WO2016201701A1 PCT/CN2015/081958 CN2015081958W WO2016201701A1 WO 2016201701 A1 WO2016201701 A1 WO 2016201701A1 CN 2015081958 W CN2015081958 W CN 2015081958W WO 2016201701 A1 WO2016201701 A1 WO 2016201701A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal device
indication information
type
value
network device
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2015/081958
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
王坚
李榕
罗禾佳
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to CN201580080874.5A priority Critical patent/CN107710839B/en
Priority to PCT/CN2015/081958 priority patent/WO2016201701A1/en
Publication of WO2016201701A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016201701A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W56/00Synchronisation arrangements

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communications and, more particularly, to a communication method and apparatus.
  • a user equipment implements uplink synchronization with the base station through a closed-loop TA with a base station.
  • the user equipment may generate a preamble sequence and send the preamble sequence to the base station.
  • the base station may determine a Time Advance (TA) value of the user equipment according to the received preamble sequence, and send a random access response (RAR) carrying the TA value to the user equipment.
  • TA Time Advance
  • RAR random access response
  • the user equipment may perform uplink timing adjustment according to the TA value carried in the RAR to complete uplink synchronization with the base station.
  • the user equipment may enable a Time Alignment Timer.
  • the user equipment may use the TA update information.
  • the TA update information may be uplink information sent by the base station according to the received user equipment (eg, Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS), detection) Determined by a Sounding Reference Signal (SRS), etc.; and if the user equipment does not receive the TA update information sent by the base station before the time alignment timer expires, the user equipment may determine uplink out-of-synchronization, And obtain its own TA value by executing the closed-loop TA process again.
  • DMRS Demodulation Reference Signal
  • SRS Sounding Reference Signal
  • the base station needs to provide the initial TA value and the TA update information separately for each user equipment, and thus requires a large amount of signaling overhead.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a communication method and a communication device, which can reduce the burden and signaling overhead of the network device.
  • a communication method including: a first terminal device detecting first TA indication information, wherein the first TA indication information is sent by a second terminal device, and the first TA indication information is used by And indicating the TA value of the second terminal device; the first terminal device determines the TA value of the first terminal device according to the detected first TA indication information.
  • determining, according to the detected first TA indication information, the TA value of the first terminal device including: indicating, by the detected first TA indication information The TA value is determined as the TA value of the first terminal device.
  • the first TA indication information is further used to indicate a serving cell of the second terminal device; Determining the TA value of the first terminal device, including: if the current serving cell of the first terminal device is the same as the serving cell indicated by the first TA indication information, determining the first according to the detected first TA indication information The TA value of a terminal device.
  • the method before the detecting the first TA indication information, further includes: receiving, by the network device, first indication information, the first indication The information is used to indicate that the first terminal device is a terminal device of the first type, where the terminal device of the first type is a terminal device that obtains a TA value from the TA indication information sent by the second type of terminal device, and the second A type of terminal device is a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the network device.
  • the receiving, by the receiving network device, the first indication information includes: receiving the first indication sent by the network device in a random access procedure information.
  • the method further includes: if the first terminal device is out of synchronization, obtaining a TA value of the first terminal device from the network device; The first TA indication information is continuously detected.
  • the method before the detecting the first TA indication information, the method further includes: switching to the connection state from the initial access network device or from the sleep state to the connection state At the time of detecting, the second TA indication information is sent by the third terminal device that is determined to be the second type of terminal device, and the second TA indication information is used to indicate the third terminal device The TA value is determined. If the second TA indication information is detected within the preset time period, the first terminal device is determined to be the first type of terminal device.
  • the method further includes: if the first terminal device is out of synchronization, obtaining a TA value of the first terminal device from the network device; It is determined that the first terminal device is changed from the first type of terminal device to the second type of terminal device.
  • Detecting the first TA indication information includes: detecting the first TA indication information on the D2D broadcast channel.
  • the method before the detecting the first TA indication information, further includes: receiving, by the network device, second indication information, the second indication The information is used to indicate at least one of a transmission resource, a transmission power, and a transmission mode of the first TA indication information.
  • the detecting the first TA indication information includes: detecting, according to the second indication information, the first TA indication information.
  • the second aspect provides another communication method, including: acquiring, by the second terminal device, the TA value of the second terminal device from the network device; the second terminal device sending the first TA indication information to the first terminal device, where The first TA indication information is used to indicate a TA value of the second terminal device.
  • the first TA indication information is further used to indicate a serving cell of the second terminal device.
  • the method before the obtaining, by the network device, the TA value of the second terminal device, the method further includes: receiving, by the network device, the first indication sent by the network device The first indication information is used to indicate that the second terminal device is a second type of terminal device, and the second type of terminal device is a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the network device.
  • the receiving, by the network device, the first indication information that: receiving, by the network device, the first Instructions.
  • the method before the obtaining, by the network device, the TA value of the second terminal device, the method further includes: initially accessing the network device or When switching from the sleep state to the connected state, the second TA indication information is detected, the second TA indication information is sent by the third terminal device that has been determined to be the terminal device of the second type, and the second TA indication information is used for And indicating the TA value of the third terminal device; if the second TA indication information is not detected within the preset time period, determining that the second terminal device is the second type terminal device.
  • the sending, by the first terminal device, the first TA indication information includes: sending the first TA indication information on a D2D broadcast channel.
  • the method before the sending the first TA indication information to the first terminal device, the method further includes: receiving the network The second indication information that is sent to be sent, the second indication information is used to indicate at least one of a transmission resource, a transmission power, and a transmission manner of the first TA indication information; the first TA indication information is sent to the first terminal device, The method includes: sending, according to the second indication information, the first TA indication information to the first terminal device.
  • another communication method including: determining a transmission resource of the TA indication information, wherein the TA indication information is sent by the second type of terminal device to the first type of terminal device, and the second The TA indication information sent by the terminal device of the type is used to indicate the TA value of the terminal device of the second type; the second indication information is sent, where the second indication information is used to indicate the transmission resource of the TA indication information.
  • the sending the second indication information includes: sending the second indication information in a broadcast form.
  • the second indication information is further used to indicate a transmit power of the TA indication information; before the sending the second indication information, the method The method further includes: determining a desired transmission distance of the TA indication information according to the TA adjustment granularity; and determining, according to the expected transmission distance, a transmission power of the TA indication information.
  • the method further includes: determining that the first terminal device is the first type of terminal device or the second type of terminal device; The first terminal device sends the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device is the first type terminal device or the second type terminal device.
  • the sending, by the first terminal device, the first indication information The first terminal device sends the first indication information.
  • the method further includes: receiving uplink information sent by the second terminal device; determining, according to the received uplink information, the second terminal device The uplink is out of synchronization; the third indication information is sent to the second terminal device, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the second terminal device is out of synchronization.
  • a fourth aspect provides another communication method, including: determining that the first terminal device is a first type terminal device or a second type terminal device, wherein the second type terminal device is acquiring a TA value from the network device.
  • a terminal device the terminal device of the first type is a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the detected TA indication information sent by the terminal device of the second type; and sends first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate The first terminal device is the first type of terminal device Or the second type of terminal device.
  • the sending the first indication information includes: sending the first indication information in a random access procedure of the first terminal device.
  • a fifth aspect provides a communication apparatus, including: a detecting unit, configured to detect first TA indication information, where the first TA indication information is sent by a second terminal device, and the first TA indication information is used by The determining unit is configured to determine a TA value of the first terminal device according to the first TA indication information detected by the detecting unit.
  • the first TA indication information is further used to indicate a serving cell of the second terminal device; the determining unit is specifically configured to: if the current serving cell of the first terminal device is The serving cell indicated by the first TA indication information is the same, and the TA value of the first terminal device is determined according to the first TA indication information detected by the detecting unit.
  • the determining unit is configured to determine, as the first terminal, a TA value indicated by the first TA indication information detected by the detecting unit.
  • the TA value of the device is determined, as the first terminal, a TA value indicated by the first TA indication information detected by the detecting unit.
  • the device further includes: a first receiving unit, configured to receive, by the network device, before the detecting unit detects the first TA indication information
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device is a terminal device of the first type, where the terminal device of the first type is obtained from the TA indication information sent by the terminal device of the second type A terminal device of the TA value, the terminal device of the second type being a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the network device.
  • the first receiving unit is configured to receive the first indication information that is sent by the network device in a random access procedure.
  • the device further includes: a first acquiring unit, configured to acquire the first terminal device from the network device if the first terminal device is out of synchronization a TA value of a terminal device; the detecting unit is further configured to continue to detect the first TA indication information.
  • the detecting unit is further configured to: when the initial access network device is switched from the sleep state to the connected state, detecting the second TA indication information, The second TA indication information is sent by a third terminal device that has been determined to be the second type of terminal device, and the second TA indication information is used to indicate the third terminal device.
  • the determining unit is further configured to determine that the first terminal device is a terminal device of the first type if the detecting unit detects the second TA indication information within a preset time period.
  • the device further includes: a second acquiring unit, configured to acquire the first terminal device from the network device if the first terminal device is out of synchronization The TA value of a terminal device.
  • the detecting unit is specifically configured to: detect the first TA indication information on a D2D broadcast channel.
  • the device further includes: a second receiving unit, configured to receive, by the network device, before the detecting unit detects the first TA indication information a second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate at least one of a transmission resource, a transmission power, and a transmission manner of the first TA indication information, where the detection unit is specifically configured to receive the first The second indication information is used to detect the first TA indication information.
  • the device is the first terminal device.
  • a communication apparatus including: an acquiring unit, configured to acquire a TA value of the second terminal device from the network device; and a sending unit, configured to send the first TA indication information to the first terminal device, where The first TA indication information is used to indicate the TA value acquired by the acquiring unit.
  • the first TA indication information is further used to indicate a serving cell of the second terminal device.
  • the device further includes: a first receiving unit, configured to: before the acquiring unit acquires the TA value of the second terminal device from the network device, And receiving, by the network device, first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the second terminal device is a second type of terminal device, and the second type of terminal device is a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the network device .
  • the first receiving unit is configured to receive the first indication information that is sent by the network device in a random access procedure.
  • the device further includes: a detecting unit, configured to: before the acquiring unit acquires the TA value of the second terminal device from the network device, in the initial Detecting the second TA indication information when accessing the network device or switching from the sleep state to the connection state, where the second TA indication information is determined by the terminal determined to be the second type
  • the third terminal device sends, and the second TA indication information is used to indicate the TA value of the third terminal device; and the determining unit is configured to: if the detecting unit does not detect the second TA within the preset time period And indicating information that the second terminal device is a second type of terminal device.
  • the sending unit is specifically configured to send the first TA indication information on a D2D broadcast channel.
  • the device further includes: a second receiving unit, configured to: before the sending unit sends the first TA indication information to the first terminal device, Receiving, by the network device, the second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate at least one of a transmission resource, a transmission power, and a transmission manner of the first TA indication information; the sending unit is specifically configured to be used according to the second The second indication information received by the receiving unit sends the first TA indication information to the first terminal device.
  • a second receiving unit configured to: before the sending unit sends the first TA indication information to the first terminal device, Receiving, by the network device, the second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate at least one of a transmission resource, a transmission power, and a transmission manner of the first TA indication information; the sending unit is specifically configured to be used according to the second The second indication information received by the receiving unit sends the first TA indication information to the first terminal device.
  • the device is the second terminal device.
  • another communication apparatus comprising: a determining unit, configured to determine a transmission resource of the TA indication information, wherein the TA indication information is sent by the second type of terminal device to the first type of terminal device And the TA indication information is used to indicate a TA value of the second type of terminal device, the second type of terminal device is a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the network device, and the first type of terminal device is from the second A terminal device that obtains a TA value in the TA indication information sent by the terminal device of the type; the sending unit is configured to send the second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the transmission resource of the TA indication information.
  • the sending unit is specifically configured to send the second indication information in a broadcast form.
  • the second indication information is further used to indicate a transmit power of the TA indication information
  • the determining unit is further configured to send, at the sending unit, Before the two indication information, according to the TA adjustment granularity, the expected transmission distance of the TA indication information is determined, and according to the expected transmission distance, the transmission power of the TA indication information is determined.
  • the determining unit is further configured to determine that the first terminal device is the first type of terminal device or the second type of terminal device;
  • the sending unit is further configured to send the first indication information to the first terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the type of the first terminal device determined by the determining unit.
  • the sending unit is configured to send the first indication to the first terminal device in a random access process of the first terminal device information.
  • the device further includes: a receiving unit, configured to receive uplink information sent by the second terminal device; the determining unit is further configured to receive the The uplink information received by the unit determines that the second terminal device is out of synchronization; the sending unit is further configured to send third indication information to the second terminal device, where the third indication information is used to indicate the determining by the determining unit The second terminal device is out of synchronization.
  • the device is the network device.
  • the eighth aspect provides another communication device, including: a determining unit, configured to determine that the first terminal device is a first type terminal device or a second type terminal device, wherein the second type terminal device is a slave device a terminal device that acquires a TA value, the terminal device is a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the detected TA indication information sent by the second type of terminal device, and the sending unit is configured to send the first indication And the first indication information is used to indicate the type of the first terminal device determined by the determining unit.
  • a determining unit configured to determine that the first terminal device is a first type terminal device or a second type terminal device, wherein the second type terminal device is a slave device a terminal device that acquires a TA value, the terminal device is a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the detected TA indication information sent by the second type of terminal device, and the sending unit is configured to send the first indication And the first indication information is used to indicate the type of the first terminal device determined by the determining unit.
  • the sending unit is specifically configured to send the first indication information in a random access procedure of the first terminal device.
  • the device is the network device.
  • the first terminal device detects the first TA indication information sent by the second terminal device, where the first TA indication information is used to indicate the TA value of the second terminal device. And the first terminal device determines the TA value of the first terminal device according to the detected first TA indication information, and does not need to directly interact with the network device, and each terminal device in the prior art needs to acquire the TA value by interacting with the network device. Compared with the method, the burden on the network device and the signaling overhead can be reduced, and the overall signaling overhead of the system is reduced.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system to which an embodiment of the present invention can be applied.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a contention transmission unit in the communication system shown in FIG. 1.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another application scenario of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of another communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of another communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic block diagram of another communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic block diagram of another communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic block diagram of another communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic block diagram of another communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic block diagram of another communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplex
  • TDD Time Division Duplex
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • WiMAX Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access
  • SCMA sparse code multiple access
  • SCMA sparse code multiple access
  • OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
  • FBMC Filter Bank Multi-Carrier
  • GFDM Generalized Frequency Division Multiplexing
  • Filtered-OFDM Filtered-OFDM, F-OFDM system, etc.
  • the terminal device may communicate with one or more core networks via a Radio Access Network (RAN), and the terminal device may be referred to as an access terminal and a user equipment (User Equipment, UE), subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user equipment.
  • the access terminal may be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a Wireless Local Loop (WLL) station, a Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), with wireless communication.
  • PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
  • the network device may be used to communicate with the terminal device, and the network device may be a base station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in the GSM system or the CDMA system, or may be a base station in the WCDMA system ( NodeB, NB), may also be an evolved base station (Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in the LTE system, or the network device may be a relay station, an access point, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, or a network in a future 5G network.
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • NodeB, NB NodeB
  • Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB evolved base station
  • the network device may be a relay station, an access point, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, or a network in a future 5G network.
  • the next-generation mobile communication system will not only support traditional communication, but also support Machine to Machine (M2M) communication, or Machine Type Communication (MTC) communication.
  • M2M Machine to Machine
  • MTC Machine Type Communication
  • the number of MTC devices connected to the network will reach 500 to 100 billion, which will far exceed the current number of connections.
  • M2M services due to the wide variety of services, there is a big difference in network requirements. In general, there are several requirements: (I) reliable transmission, but not sensitive to delay; (II) low latency, high reliability transmission.
  • V2V vehicle to vehicle
  • a large number of connections require more resources to access the terminal device and need to consume more resources for the transmission of scheduling signaling related to the data transmission of the terminal device.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a system 100 to which an embodiment of the present invention can be applied.
  • the system 100 includes a network device 102 and a plurality of terminal devices 104-114 located within the coverage of the network device 102, wherein the network device 102 can be respectively connected to the plurality of terminal devices by wireless connection or wired connection or other means. And the network device 102 can support simultaneous transmission of multiple cellular carriers.
  • FIG. 1 exemplarily shows one network device and six terminal devices.
  • the system 100 may include multiple network devices and may include other numbers of terminal devices within the coverage of each network device. This example does not limit this.
  • the network in the embodiment of the present invention may refer to a PLMN or a D2D network or an M2M network or other network.
  • FIG. 1 is only a simplified schematic diagram of an example, and the network may also include other network devices, which are not shown in FIG.
  • the network device 102 in the system 100 can adopt a Grant Free transmission scheme, which can be applied to uplink data transmission.
  • the terminal device does not need to request the network device to allocate transmission resources through the scheduling request mode, but directly contends for resources and performs uplink data transmission, thereby reducing system signaling overhead and reducing transmission delay.
  • An unauthorized transfer can be understood as any one or more of the following meanings, or as a combination of some of the various technical meanings:
  • Unauthorized transmission can mean that the network device pre-allocates and informs the terminal device of multiple transmission resources.
  • the terminal device has an uplink data transmission requirement, at least one transmission resource is selected from a plurality of transmission resources pre-allocated by the network device, and the uplink data is sent by using the selected transmission resource; the network device is in the pre-assigned multiple transmission resources.
  • the uplink data sent by the terminal device is detected on at least one transmission resource. The detection may be blind detection, or may be detected according to one of the control domains in the uplink data, or may be detected by other means.
  • This blind detection can be understood as the detection of data that may arrive without predicting whether or not data has arrived. This blind detection can also be understood as detection without explicit signaling indication.
  • the unlicensed transmission may be: the network device pre-allocates and informs the terminal device of multiple transmission resources, so that when the terminal device has an uplink data transmission requirement, at least one transmission resource is selected from a plurality of transmission resources pre-allocated by the network device, and The uplink data is sent using the selected transmission resource.
  • the unlicensed transmission may be: the terminal device acquires information of a plurality of pre-assigned transmission resources, and when there is an uplink data transmission requirement, selects at least one transmission resource from the plurality of transmission resources, and sends the selected transmission resource by using the selected transmission resource. Upstream data.
  • the terminal device may obtain information about the multiple transmission resources in multiple manners. For example, the mapping relationship between the terminal device and the transmission resource may be defined in a protocol, or indicated by a network device by an instruction, and the like.
  • the unlicensed transmission may refer to a method for realizing uplink data transmission of the terminal device without dynamic scheduling of the network device.
  • the dynamic scheduling may refer to that the transmission resource of the terminal device needs to pass the signaling through the network device every time.
  • the transmission resource may be one or more transmission time units of transmission resources after the time when the terminal device receives the signaling.
  • a transmission time unit may refer to a minimum time unit for one transmission, such as a Transmission Time Interval (TTI), the value may be 1 ms, or may be a preset transmission time unit.
  • TTI Transmission Time Interval
  • implementing uplink data transmission of the terminal device may be understood as allowing data of two or more terminal devices to perform uplink data transmission on the same time-frequency resource.
  • Unauthorized transmission may refer to: the terminal device performs uplink data transmission without requiring network device authorization.
  • the authorization may be that the terminal device sends an uplink scheduling request to the network device, and after receiving the scheduling request, the network device sends an uplink grant (UL grant) to the terminal device, where the uplink grant is used to indicate the uplink transmission allocated to the terminal device. Resources.
  • the unlicensed transmission may be a competitive transmission mode. Specifically, multiple terminal devices may simultaneously perform uplink data transmission on the same time-frequency resources allocated in advance, without requiring network devices to perform authorization.
  • the foregoing data may be included in service data or signaling data.
  • the transmission resources may include, but are not limited to, a combination of one or more of the following resources: time domain resources, such as radio frames, subframes, symbols, etc.; frequency domain resources, such as subcarriers, resource blocks, etc. ; airspace resources, such as transmit antennas, beams, etc.; code domain resources, such as Sparse Code Multiple Access (SCMA) codebook group, Low Density Signature (LDS) group, CDMA code group, etc. Uplink pilot resources.
  • time domain resources such as radio frames, subframes, symbols, etc.
  • frequency domain resources such as subcarriers, resource blocks, etc.
  • airspace resources such as transmit antennas, beams, etc.
  • code domain resources such as Sparse Code Multiple Access (SCMA) codebook group, Low Density Signature (LDS) group, CDMA code group, etc.
  • SCMA Sparse Code Multiple Access
  • LDS Low Density Signature
  • CDMA code group Code Division Multiple Access
  • the above transmission resources may be transmitted according to, but not limited to, the following control mechanisms: uplink power control, such as uplink transmission power upper limit control, etc.; modulation and coding mode setting, such as transmission block size, code rate, modulation order setting, etc.; retransmission mechanism For example, Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ).
  • uplink power control such as uplink transmission power upper limit control, etc.
  • modulation and coding mode setting such as transmission block size, code rate, modulation order setting, etc.
  • retransmission mechanism For example, Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ).
  • HARQ Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request
  • At least one contention access zone is defined in the time frequency domain, where the CAR can refer to a time-frequency zone for unauthorized transmission, and different CARs can respectively correspond to different Time-frequency resources, and each CAR may further include at least one Contention Transmission Unit (CTU), and accordingly, the CAR may also be referred to as a CTU access area.
  • the CTU may be a basic transmission resource unit of the unlicensed transmission, and the CTU may be a combination of at least one of time, frequency, code, and pilot resources.
  • the CTU may be a combination of time, frequency, and code domain resources.
  • the transmission resource may be a transmission resource composed of a combination of time, frequency, and pilot resources, or may be a transmission resource composed of a combination of time, frequency, code domain, and pilot resources, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • Patent Application No. PCT/CN2014/073084 entitled “System and Method for Uplink Grant-free Transmission Scheme", provides a technical solution for grant-free transmission, in which transmission resources can be divided into different CTUs, each The CTUs may be assigned a set of codes, and the assigned set of codes may be a set of CDMA codes, or may be an SCMA codebook set or an LDS group or a signature group, etc., and optionally, each code may correspond to a set of guides. frequency.
  • the terminal device 104-114 may report its own capability information to the network device 102, where the capability information may include information indicating whether the device has the capability of unauthorized transmission.
  • the network device 102 can communicate with the terminal device by using an unlicensed transmission mechanism or a traditional request-authorization mechanism according to the capability information reported by each terminal device.
  • the network device 102 can notify the terminal device of the necessary information for the unlicensed transmission.
  • the network device 102 can instruct the terminal device to perform the unlicensed transmission, and send the search space information, the CAR information, the CTU information, and the modulation and coding manner to the terminal device.
  • each terminal device is Map to one or more CTUs that can be predefined or configured by a network device.
  • the terminal device may select one code and one pilot in the pilot group corresponding to the code for uplink transmission, but the embodiment of the present invention does not limit this.
  • FIG. 2 exemplarily shows four CARs 1002-1008, wherein the system available bandwidth is divided into a plurality of different time frequency regions, each CAR occupies a different resource block, wherein, optionally, each CAR occupancy
  • the number of resource blocks can be predefined, for example, the resource block Resource Block, RB) 1-4 of the CAR 1002 occupied frequency band.
  • each CAR may be further divided into at least one CTU, where each CTU is a combination of a specific time, frequency, signature, and pilot.
  • Each CAR in FIG. 2 corresponds to the same CTU mapping relationship, where It is to be noted that the mapping relationship of four CARs is respectively shown from different angles, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • each CAR supports six signatures (S1-S6), and each signature can correspond to six pilots, thus constituting 36 pilots (P1-P36), corresponding to 36 CTUs, but The embodiment of the invention is not limited thereto.
  • FIG. 2 exemplarily shows four CARs and each CAR includes 36 CTUs, but embodiments of the present invention may also include other numbers of CARs and each CAR may include other numbers of CTUs, embodiments of the present invention There is no limit to this.
  • FIG. 3 shows a communication method 200 provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method 200 can be performed by a first terminal device.
  • the first TA indication information is detected, where the first TA indication information is sent by the second terminal device, and the first TA indication information is used to indicate the TA value of the second terminal device.
  • a plurality of terminal devices in the network are divided into two types, namely, a first type of terminal device and a second type of terminal device, wherein the second type of terminal device acquires its own TA from the network device.
  • the TA indication information for indicating the TA value of itself is transmitted to the terminal device of the first type in a unicast, multicast or broadcast manner.
  • the first type of terminal device detects the TA indication information sent by the second type of terminal device, and determines its own TA value according to the detected TA indication information.
  • the first terminal device may determine that it is a first type of terminal device or a second type of terminal device. If the first terminal device determines that it is the first type of terminal device, the first terminal The terminal device can monitor the TA indication information sent by the terminal device of the second type, where the second terminal device can be the terminal device of the second type, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the first terminal device can perform blind detection, that is, the first terminal device does not know the sender, and the first terminal device does not know in advance which second terminal device is specifically
  • the first terminal device may detect the first TA indication information by using a specific transmission resource, for example, continuously or periodically detecting the first TA indication information on the D2D transmission resource.
  • the transmission resource may be a combination of at least one of time, frequency, space, code, and pilot.
  • the specific transmission resource may be predefined or may be obtained from signaling sent by the network device. Or, the method is not limited to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the first terminal device may determine, according to the detected first TA indication information, The TA value, wherein detecting the first TA indication information may indicate that the first TA indication information is successfully received, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto. Specifically, if the first terminal device has previously acquired the TA value and obtains uplink synchronization with the network device, the first terminal device may update the first terminal device according to the detected first TA indication information.
  • the current TA value of the first terminal device may be determined as the TA value indicated by the detected first TA indication information, and the The TA value obtains uplink synchronization with the network device, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention detects the first TA indication information sent by the second terminal device by using the first terminal device, where the first TA indication information is used to indicate the TA value of the second terminal device, and the The first terminal device determines the TA value of the first TA according to the detected first TA indication information, and does not need to directly interact with the network device, and each terminal device in the prior art needs to obtain a TA value by interacting with the network device. Compared, it can reduce the burden of network equipment and signaling overhead, and reduce the overall signaling overhead of the system.
  • the terminal device of the second type can obtain its own TA value by signaling interaction with the network device.
  • the second type of terminal device may obtain its own TA value from the network device in a closed loop manner, for example, the second type of terminal device sends uplink information to the network device, and the network device may pass the The uplink information is measured, and an uplink synchronization deviation between the terminal device and the network device is obtained, and is sent to the terminal device.
  • a TA command where the TA command is used to indicate a TA value of the terminal device.
  • the TA command may include a current TA value of the terminal device, an adjustment amount of the TA value, or an adjustment step of the TA value, and the like.
  • embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto.
  • the first type of terminal device does not need to directly interact with the network device, but acquires its own TA value from the second type of terminal device. Therefore, each terminal device in the prior art needs to directly interact with the network device. Compared with obtaining the TA value of the device, the embodiment of the present invention can reduce the burden and signaling overhead of the network device. In addition, in the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal device of the first type can obtain its own TA value in an open loop manner, and can further reduce the system compared with the TA value obtained by the terminal device in the prior art in a closed loop manner. Signaling overhead.
  • the terminal device of the first type is simply referred to as a coarse TA device
  • the terminal device of the second type is simply referred to as a fine TA device, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited to this name.
  • S220 determining, according to the detected first TA indication information, the TA value of the first terminal device, including:
  • the TA value indicated by the detected first TA indication information is determined as the TA value of the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may also determine its own TA value by using other methods.
  • the first terminal device may perform operation on the TA value indicated by the detected first TA indication information, for example, adding one. The amount of the adjustment is obtained, and the TA value of the self is obtained, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the network device may provide services for multiple terminal devices, where at least one of the multiple terminal devices may be a fine TA device, and the remaining terminal devices are coarse TA devices.
  • FIG. 4 exemplarily shows three fine TA devices: terminal A, terminal B, and terminal C, wherein the three fine TA devices can obtain their own current TA value by performing signaling interaction with the network device. And broadcast TA indication information indicating its current TA value. The coarse TA device can obtain its current TA value by listening to the TA indication information.
  • the coarse TA device located in the broadcast range of the terminal A may receive the TA indication information sent by the terminal A, and optionally determine the TA value indicated by the received TA indication information as its current TA value, such that The terminal A and the coarse TA device located in the broadcast range of the terminal A may use the same TA value, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • a terminal device is not located in the broadcast range of any one of the fine TA devices served by the network device, for example, the terminal D is located outside the broadcast range of the terminal A, the terminal B, and the terminal C, the terminal device cannot monitor To TA indication information, at this time, although terminal D is a thick TA The device, but the terminal D can still obtain its own TA value through signaling interaction with the network device, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • a coarse TA device is located in the broadcast range of at least two fine TA devices at the same time, for example, the terminal E is located within the broadcast range of the terminal B and the terminal C.
  • the terminal indication information sent by the terminal B and the terminal C is monitored.
  • the terminal E can determine the target TA indication information from the two monitored TA indication information, and determine the current TA value according to the target TA indication information.
  • the terminal E may determine any one of the two TA indication information as the target TA indication information, or the terminal E may perform decoding processing on the two monitored TA indication information, and the decoding is successful.
  • the TA indication information is determined as the target TA indication information.
  • the terminal E may determine any one of the TA indication information or the TA indication information with a large received power as the target TA indication information.
  • the embodiment of the invention does not limit this.
  • the terminal E may obtain the signaling interaction with the network device.
  • the current TA value of the self but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the fine TA device may periodically or triggerably send the TA indication information, and the fine TA device may send the TA indication information in a unicast, multicast, or broadcast manner, and further, the fine TA device may pass the D2D.
  • the manner in which the TA indication information is sent for example, the fine TA device may send the TA indication information on a Physical Sidelink Broadcast Channel (PSBCH) or other D2D broadcast channel, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • PSBCH Physical Sidelink Broadcast Channel
  • the TA indication information may be used to indicate a current TA value of the fine TA device, where the TA indication information may indicate the current TA value of the fine TA device explicitly or implicitly, for example, the TA indication information may include the fine The current TA value of the TA device or the adjustment information including the TA value of the fine TA device, for example, including the change amount or the change step of the current TA value of the fine TA device with respect to the previous TA value or the reference value, but the present invention The embodiment is not limited to this.
  • one or more of the transmission resource, the transmission power, and the transmission mode (eg, modulation and coding mode, number of adopted antennas, and the like) used by the fine TA device to transmit the TA indication information may be predefined, or indicated by the network device by signaling. This embodiment of the present invention does not limit this.
  • the first terminal device may periodically or continuously detect the TA indication information sent by the fine TA device, and further, optionally, S210, detect the first indication information of the TA,
  • the method includes: detecting the first TA indication information on a D2D broadcast channel.
  • the first terminal device can determine its type as the first type or the second type in various manners.
  • the type of the first terminal device may be predefined, for example, determined by whether the first terminal device has the capability as a fine TA device, or the type of the first terminal device may be configured by the network device, or the first The type of the terminal device may be determined by whether the first terminal device can detect the TA indication information sent by the terminal device of the second type in a certain period of time, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method 200 includes:
  • the TA indicates the terminal device that obtains the TA value in the information, and the terminal device of the second type is the terminal device that acquires the TA value from the network device.
  • the first terminal device may determine, according to the first indication information, that it is a terminal device of the first type, that is, determine that the first terminal device is a coarse TA device.
  • the network device may send the first indication information to the first terminal device in a unicast manner, or the network device may multicast the first indication information to multiple terminal devices belonging to the first type, or may broadcast the First indication information.
  • the network device may send the first indication information to the first terminal device in the process of establishing a connection between the first terminal device and the network device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the first indication information sent by the receiving network device includes: receiving the first indication information that is sent by the network device in a random access procedure.
  • the first indication information may be carried in the random access response.
  • the first indication information may be further used to indicate the initial TA value of the first terminal device, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • Table 1 shows an exemplary format of a random access response, wherein the random access response may include a reserved field, a type indication field, and a Timing Advance Command (TAC) field, wherein the type indication field may Used to indicate the type of terminal device, and the TAC field is used to indicate the TA value.
  • TAC Timing Advance Command
  • the type indication field may occupy 1 bit, where the value of the bit is set to 1 to indicate that the terminal device is the second type of terminal device, and the value of the bit is set to 0, indicating that the terminal device is the first One type of terminal device; or vice versa.
  • the random access response carries the type indication field only when the terminal device is the terminal device of the first type or the terminal device of the second type, and the embodiment of the present invention is not limited to this.
  • Table 1 is for illustrative purposes only and is not to be construed as limiting the embodiments of the invention.
  • Table 1 shows that the type indication field is immediately after the reserved field, but the type indication field may also be located elsewhere in the random access response, and the type indication field occupies one or more bits.
  • the random access response may further include other fields, for example, further including a field for indicating an identifier of the terminal device, where the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the type of the first terminal device may remain substantially unchanged.
  • the first terminal device regains uplink synchronization with the network device after uplink out-of-synchronization, or the first terminal device returns from the sleep state to the connected state, the type of the first terminal device may remain unchanged.
  • the embodiment of the present invention does not exclude the case where the type of the first terminal device can be changed under certain specific conditions.
  • the method 200 further includes: if the first terminal device is out of synchronization, obtaining a TA value of the first terminal device from the network device.
  • the first terminal device may further continue to detect the first TA indication information.
  • the first terminal device may continue to detect the TA indication information sent by the second type of terminal device, where the detection may be blind detection, that is, the first terminal device performs detection without knowing the sending end, And the TA value indicated by the first TA indication information detected by the first terminal device in the process of continuing to detect may be different from the TA value indicated by the first TA indication information detected in S220, which is used by the embodiment of the present invention. Not limited.
  • the uplink synchronization with the network device may be regained by performing signaling interaction with the network device, for example, obtaining a TA value by using a closed loop manner.
  • the first terminal device may still be a coarse TA device, continue to detect the TA indication information sent by the second type of terminal device, and adjust its own TA value according to the detected TA indication information, but
  • the embodiment of the invention is not limited thereto.
  • the first terminal device may also determine its own type by determining whether there is a fine TA device around. Accordingly, prior to S210, the method 200 includes:
  • the second TA indication information when initially accessing the network device or switching from a sleep state to a connection state, the second TA indication information being a third terminal determined by the second type of terminal device And sent by the terminal device, and the second TA indication information is used to indicate a TA value of the third terminal device;
  • the second TA indication information is detected within the preset time period, it is determined that the first terminal device is the first type of terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may determine a configuration of the second type of terminal device to send the TA indication information, and detect the TA indication information sent by the second type of terminal device according to the configuration, where the configuration may be predefined or pre-defined by the network device
  • the configuration of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the third terminal device has been determined to belong to the second type, wherein the third terminal device may be any terminal device different from the first terminal device, and the third terminal device may be the same as the second terminal device or Different terminal devices.
  • the detection here may be a blind detection, that is, the first terminal device performs the detection without knowing which terminal device the third terminal device is specifically, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the first terminal device may start a timer and start detecting the second type of terminal device sending.
  • the TA indicates information, wherein the duration of the timer (ie, the length of the preset time period) may be predefined or indicated by the network device by signaling. If the first terminal device detects the TA indication information sent by the second type of terminal device before the timer expires, indicating that the first terminal device is located within the broadcast range of a certain fine TA device, the first terminal device may Determining the TA value of the device based on the TA value of the device, without the need to directly interact with the network device.
  • the first terminal device can determine that it is the terminal device of the first type, that is, the first terminal device is thick.
  • the TA device and the first terminal device can continue to detect the TA indication information sent by the fine TA device.
  • the first terminal device may determine that it is a second type of terminal device, that is, the first terminal device is a fine TA device, and the first terminal device may obtain its own TA value from the network device, but the embodiment of the present invention Not limited to this.
  • the first terminal device may perform the foregoing process to determine its own type only after initially accessing the network device, and the type may remain unchanged after the determining; or the first terminal device may also cycle after accessing the network device.
  • the above process is performed sexually or in a triggered manner to determine the type of itself. For example, if the first terminal device is restored to the connected state by the sleep state (not receiving the message), the first terminal device may perform the above process to determine the type of itself; or, if the first terminal device goes out of synchronization, You can perform the above process to determine the type of itself, and so on, However, embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto.
  • the first terminal device may re-execute the foregoing process of detecting the second TA indication information and determining whether the second TA indication information is detected within a second time period of a specific duration; if the first terminal device is in the first If the second TA indication information is detected in the second time period, the first terminal device is still the first type of terminal device; and if the first terminal device does not detect the second TA indication information in the second time period, The first terminal device is changed from the first type of terminal device to the second type of terminal device.
  • the type of the first terminal device is variable, but the embodiment of the present invention does not limit this.
  • the method 200 further includes: if the first terminal device is out of synchronization, obtaining a TA value of the first terminal device from the network device.
  • the first terminal device may still be the first type of terminal device, or may determine that the first terminal device is changed from the first type of terminal device to the second type.
  • Terminal device, or the network device may re-determine the type of the first terminal device and notify the first terminal device, or the first terminal device may re-execute the detection process of the TA indication information to determine its own type, the present invention The embodiment does not limit this.
  • the first terminal device may determine the uplink out-of-synchronization in multiple manners.
  • the first terminal device may determine the uplink out-of-synchronization by itself.
  • the first terminal device may reset the time alignment timer after acquiring the initial TA value or adjusting its own TA value, and determining at the time. Before the timer expires, it is determined whether the TA adjustment information is obtained. If the TA adjustment information is not obtained, it is determined that the first terminal device is out of synchronization.
  • the first terminal device may receive the third indication information that is sent by the network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device is out of synchronization, and according to the third indication.
  • the information determines the upstream out of step.
  • the network device may measure uplink information (such as uplink data or a reference signal such as a demodulation reference signal) sent by the first terminal device to determine an uplink synchronization deviation between the first terminal device and the network device. If the uplink synchronization deviation exceeds the maximum allowable range, the network device determines that the first terminal device is out of synchronization, and notifies the first terminal device by explicit or implicit manner, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • uplink information such as uplink data or a reference signal such as a demodulation reference signal
  • the first terminal device detects that the second TA indication information and/or the transmission resource of the first TA indication information may be predefined, or detects the second TA indication information and/or Before the first TA indication information, the first terminal device may further receive the second indication information that is sent by the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the transmission resource of the second TA indication information and/or the first TA indication information.
  • the first terminal device may detect the second TA indication information and/or the first TA indication information by using the transmission resource.
  • the first terminal device may receive the second indication information in a random access process or after accessing the network device, and the second indication information and the first indication information may be sent in the same or different messages, the present invention The embodiment does not limit this.
  • the method 200 further includes:
  • Second indication information is used to indicate at least one of a transmission resource, a transmission power, and a transmission manner of the first TA indication information
  • detecting the first TA indication information includes: detecting, according to the second indication information, the first TA indication information.
  • the first terminal device may detect the first TA indication information by using the transmission resource indicated by the second indication information, where the transmission resource may include at least one of time, frequency, space, code, and pilot.
  • the first terminal device may further detect the first TA indication information according to at least one of a transmission power and a transmission mode indicated by the second indication information, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the second indication information is further used to indicate other configurations of the first TA indication information, and the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the first TA indication information and the second TA indication information may have the same configuration, or the first TA indication information and the second TA indication information have different configurations, and the second indication information may be Further, the configuration of the second TA indication information, such as the transmission resource, the transmission power, the transmission mode, or the length of the timer (that is, the length of the preset time period), and the like, are not limited thereto.
  • the transmit power (hereinafter referred to as the TA broadcast power) used when the TA device sends the TA indication information may be specified by the standard, or may be pre-configured by the network device.
  • the setting of the TA broadcast power can consider the following factors: On the one hand, the TA broadcast power can be as large as possible to cover more coarse TA devices, thereby minimizing the burden and overhead of the network device in maintaining the TA; on the other hand, TA The broadcast power needs to be such that the coarse TA device located within the transmission distance of the TA indication information can perform uplink synchronization using the same TA value, that is, the TA broadcast power needs to meet the requirement of the TA adjustment granularity.
  • the TA adjustment granularity is 16T s , where T s is the system sampling interval, so that the TA adjustment granularity of the LTE system is about 0.52 ⁇ s, and the corresponding signal transmission distance is about 78. Meter.
  • T s is the system sampling interval
  • the fine TA device in the LTE system can control the TA broadcast power such that the transmission distance of the TA indication information is less than 78 meters.
  • the fine TA device in the GSM system can control the TA broadcast power according to the TA adjustment granularity of the GSM system, so that the transmission distance of the TA indication information transmitted by the fine TA device is within 550 meters.
  • other factors may be considered when determining the broadcast power of the TA, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the second indication information may be carried in a System Information Block (SIB) 2.
  • SIB System Information Block
  • An exemplary structure of SIB2 is shown below, in which a sidelinkPowerControlCommon field is added in the radioResourceConfigCommonSIB field of SIB2, and the power control information of the TA indication information is carried in the newly added sidelinkPowerControlCommon.
  • the SIB2 may also have other formats, and the power control information may also be carried in other fields of the SIB2, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the SidelinkPowerControlCommon field can have the following format:
  • the field p0-NominalPSBCH INTEGER carries power control information, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • Figure 5 shows a scenario of a terminal device located at the edge of a cell.
  • terminals a and b At the edge of cell A and cell B, and reside in cell B.
  • the terminal d residing in the cell A and the terminal e residing in the cell B are fine TA devices, and the remaining terminals are coarse TA devices.
  • the terminal a is located at the edge of the broadcast range of the terminal d and is located outside the broadcast range of the terminal e. Therefore, the terminal a can receive the TA indication information broadcast by the terminal d, but cannot receive the TA indication information broadcast by the terminal e.
  • the terminal b is located in the overlapping area of the broadcast range of the terminal d and the terminal e.
  • the terminal b can receive the TA indication information broadcast by the terminal d or the TA indication information broadcast by the terminal e.
  • the terminals a and b may use the TA indication information sent by the fine TA device residing in the cell A to establish uplink synchronization with the network device B to cause uplink synchronization failure.
  • the network device B may notify the terminal device in the random access process of the transmission resource used by the fine TA device in the local cell to send the TA indication information.
  • multiple cells may perform joint scheduling such that the TA indication information in each cell occupies different transmission resources.
  • the terminal device can detect the TA indication information by using a transmission resource (for example, a time-frequency resource) corresponding to the resident cell.
  • the TA indication information broadcast by the fine TA device may also be used to indicate a cell identifier corresponding to the TA value.
  • the coarse TA device may decode the received TA indication information to obtain a cell identifier indicated by the TA indication information, and determine the cell identifier. Whether the corresponding cell is the current camping cell of the coarse TA device, and if yes, the uplink value of the network device may be completed by using the TA value indicated by the TA indication information; otherwise, the coarse TA device may discard the TA indication.
  • Information but the embodiment of the invention is not limited thereto.
  • the first TA indication information is further used to indicate a serving cell of the second terminal device, that is, a cell corresponding to the TA value, and correspondingly, S220, determining, according to the detected first TA indication information, the first The TA value of a terminal device, including:
  • the current serving cell of the first terminal device is the same as the serving cell indicated by the first TA indication information, determining the TA value of the first terminal device according to the detected first TA indication information.
  • the first TA indication information may be used to indicate a TA value of the second terminal device and a cell corresponding to the TA value.
  • the first TA indication information includes an identifier of a cell corresponding to the TA value, optionally, The first TA indication information may further include other information, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the first terminal device may determine the cell indicated by the detected first TA indication information. Whether it is the current serving cell of the first terminal device, if yes, the first terminal device may determine its own TA value according to the detected first TA indication information; if not, the first terminal device may discard The first TA indicates information, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto. In this way, it is possible to prevent the terminal a or b in FIG. 5 from using the TA indication information sent by the terminal d to perform uplink synchronization failure with the network device B for uplink synchronization failure.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention detects the first TA indication information sent by the second terminal device by using the first terminal device, where the first TA indication information is used to indicate the TA value of the second terminal device, and the The first terminal device determines the TA value of the first TA according to the detected first TA indication information, and does not need to directly interact with the network device, and each terminal device in the prior art needs to obtain a TA value by interacting with the network device. Compared, it can reduce the burden of network equipment and signaling overhead, and reduce the overall signaling overhead of the system.
  • FIG. 6 shows a communication method 300 provided by another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method 300 can be performed by a second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device may acquire its own TA value from the network device when determining that it is the second type of terminal device.
  • the second terminal device may obtain the TA value from the network device in a closed loop manner, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the first TA indication information is sent to the first terminal device, where the first TA indication information is used to indicate a TA value of the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device is a first type of terminal device.
  • the second terminal device may send the first TA indication information to the first terminal device in a unicast manner, or may be first to the multicast mode.
  • the at least one terminal device of the type sends the first TA indication information, or the first TA indication information may be sent in a broadcast manner, and the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention acquires its own TA value from the network device by using the second terminal device, and sends a first TA indication information indicating the TA value of the self to the first terminal device, so that the first The terminal device can determine the value of the TA according to the first TA indication information, and does not need to directly interact with the network device.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention acquires its own TA value from the network device by using the second terminal device, and sends a first TA indication information indicating the TA value of the self to the first terminal device, so that the first The terminal device can determine the value of the TA according to the first TA indication information, and does not need to directly interact with the network device.
  • the first TA indication information is further used to indicate a serving cell of the second terminal device.
  • the first TA indication information may include information about a serving cell of the second terminal device, And a TA value for indicating that the second terminal device maintains uplink synchronization with the serving cell, so that the first terminal device can use the TA value indicated by the first indication information and the service indicated by the first indication information.
  • the cell performs uplink synchronization.
  • determining whether the cell indicated by the first TA indication information is the same as the current serving cell of the first terminal device, and if yes, indicating according to the first indication information The TA value determines the TA value of itself, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the second terminal device can determine its type in various manners.
  • the method 300 further includes:
  • the first indication information sent by the network device is received, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the second terminal device is a second type of terminal device, and the second type of terminal device obtains a TA value from the network device.
  • the second terminal device may determine, according to the first indication information, that it is a second type of terminal device.
  • the first indication information may further be used to indicate a TA value of the second terminal device, and correspondingly, The second terminal device may determine its own TA value according to the first indication information.
  • the first indication information may be explicit or implicitly indicating that the second terminal device is a second type of terminal device, and further, the network device may be in a random access process of the second terminal device or randomly After the access, the first indication information is sent to the second terminal device.
  • the receiving the first indication information sent by the network device includes: receiving the first indication information that is sent by the network device in a random access procedure.
  • the second terminal device may receive the random access response sent by the network device, and the random access response carries the first indication information, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the method 300 further includes:
  • the second TA indication information is sent by the third terminal device that has been determined to be the second type of terminal device, and The second TA indication information is used to indicate a TA value of the third terminal device;
  • the second terminal device can start the timer and start detecting the TA indication information sent by the terminal device of the second type, where the duration of the timer (that is, the length of the preset time period) can be predefined or passed by the network device. Signaling indication. If the second terminal device does not detect the TA indication information sent by the terminal device of the second type when the timer expires, indicating that there is no other fine TA device around the second terminal device, the second terminal device may determine that it is Second type The terminal device, that is, the second terminal device is a fine TA device. Optionally, the second terminal device can perform blind detection, that is, if the terminal device is not known in advance, which terminal device is specifically known.
  • the configuration of the second TA indication information may be predefined or pre-configured by the network device.
  • the second terminal device may further receive second indication information that is sent by the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the second type of terminal device sends the TA indication information.
  • Configuring for example, at least one of a transmission resource, a transmission power, and a transmission mode, or may further include a duration of the foregoing timer, where the transmission resource may include at least one of time, frequency, space, code, and pilot
  • the second terminal device may detect the second TA indication information by using the configuration indicated by the second indication information, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the second terminal device may perform the foregoing process to determine its type only after initially accessing the network device, and the type may remain unchanged after the determining; or the second terminal device may also cycle after accessing the network device.
  • the above process is performed sexually or in a triggered manner to determine the type of itself. For example, if the second terminal device is restored from the sleep state to the connected state, the second terminal device may perform the foregoing process to determine its own type; or, if the second terminal device is out of synchronization, the foregoing process may be performed.
  • the type of itself is determined, and the like, but the embodiment of the invention is not limited thereto.
  • the second terminal device may re-execute the foregoing process of detecting the second TA indication information and determining whether the second TA indication information is detected within a second time period of the specific duration; if the second terminal device is in the If the second TA indication information is not detected in the second time period, the second terminal device is still the second type of terminal device; and if the second terminal device detects the second TA indication information in the second time period, The second terminal device is changed from the second type of terminal device to the first type of terminal device.
  • the type of the second terminal device is variable, but the embodiment of the present invention does not limit this.
  • the second terminal device may send the first TA indication information in multiple manners.
  • the sending, by the S320, the first TA indication information to the first terminal device including: sending the first TA indication information on the D2D broadcast channel.
  • the second terminal device may send the first TA indication information in a D2D manner.
  • the second terminal device may send the first TA indication information on a PSBCH or other D2D broadcast channel.
  • embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto.
  • the second terminal device may periodically send the first TA indication information, where the sending period may be predefined or pre-configured by the network device, or the second terminal device may trigger the first TA indication information.
  • the second terminal device may send the first TA indication information when its own TA value is adjusted, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the configuration in which the second terminal device sends the first TA indication information may be predefined or indicated by the network device.
  • the method 300 further includes:
  • Second indication information is used to indicate at least one of a transmission resource, a transmission power, and a transmission manner of the first TA indication information
  • the S320 sends the first TA indication information to the first terminal device, including:
  • the second terminal device may send the first TA indication information to the first terminal device by using at least one of a transmission resource, a transmission power, and a transmission manner indicated by the second indication information.
  • the fine TA device may perform the following processing before sending the TA indication information:
  • the fine TA device can scramble the sequence c(i) to obtain the scrambled bit sequence. among them,
  • Fine TA device pair bit sequence after scrambling Modulation is performed to obtain a complex-valued modulation symbol sequence d(0), ..., d(M s -1), where M s is the number of complex-valued symbols included in the complex-valued symbol sequence.
  • M s is the number of complex-valued symbols included in the complex-valued symbol sequence.
  • the fine TA device sends the TA indication information on the Physical Sidelink Broadcast Channel (PSBCH)
  • the Quadrature Phase Shift Keying (QPSK) modulation method may be used for modulation.
  • this embodiment of the present invention does not limit this.
  • v is equal to the number of antenna ports P of the terminal device used to transmit the physical channel, and the mapping criteria can be as shown in Table 2.
  • the output vector y (p) (i) x (0) (i), where p is the antenna port number used for physical channel transmission.
  • the output vector y(i) [y (0) (i)y (1) (i)y (2) (i)y (3) (i)] T , or other numbers of antenna ports or transmission modes may be used, and embodiments of the present invention are not limited thereto.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention acquires its own TA value from the network device by using the second terminal device, and sends a first TA indication information indicating the TA value of the self to the first terminal device, so that the first The terminal device can determine its own TA value according to the first TA indication information, and does not need to directly interact with the network device, and each terminal device needs to pass through the prior art.
  • the burden on the network device and the signaling overhead can be reduced, and the overall signaling overhead of the system is reduced.
  • FIG. 7 illustrates a communication method 400 provided by another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method 400 can be performed by a network device.
  • S410 Determine a transmission resource of the TA indication information, where the TA indication information is sent by the second type of terminal device to the first type of terminal device, and the TA indication information sent by the second type of terminal device is used to indicate The TA value of the second type of terminal device.
  • the first type of terminal device corresponds to the coarse TA device
  • the second type of terminal device corresponds to the fine TA device
  • the fine TA device acquires its own TA value from the network device, and sends the indication
  • the coarse TA device may detect the TA indication information, and determine its own TA value according to the TA value indicated by the detected TA indication information, for example, determine the TA value indicated by the detected TA indication information as its own TA value.
  • the TA indication information may also be used to indicate the jurisdiction of the second type of the terminal device, such as the cell ID of the serving cell, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • S420 Send second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate a transmission resource of the TA indication information.
  • the network device may send the second indication information to some or all user equipments of the service, for example, the network device may send the second indication information to the at least one terminal device, where the at least one terminal device may include at least one fine TA Equipment and / or at least one coarse TA device.
  • the network device may send the second indication information in a unicast, multicast, or broadcast manner.
  • the network device may broadcast the second indication information, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the foregoing transmission resource is a transmission resource that can be used for sending or receiving the TA indication information for all terminal devices within the jurisdiction of the network device, that is, the terminal device in the jurisdiction of the network device is the first type of terminal device or the second.
  • the terminal devices of the type all use the same determined transmission resource to transmit or receive the TA indication information.
  • the second indication information is further used to indicate a range that is stipulated by the network device.
  • the second indication information includes a cell identifier (Cell ID) of the cell controlled by the network device, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto. this.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention sends the second indication information for indicating the transmission resource of the TA indication information by the network device, so that the terminal device of the second type sends the TA indication information according to the transmission resource, the first type of The terminal device monitors the TA indication information according to the transmission resource, and can determine its own TA value according to the detected TA indication information, without directly
  • the interaction with the network device can reduce the burden and signaling overhead of the network device and reduce the overall signaling overhead of the system, as compared with the manner in which each terminal device in the prior art needs to obtain the TA value by interacting with the network device.
  • the second indication information is further used to indicate at least one of a transmit power and a transmission manner of the TA indication information.
  • the network device can determine the transmit power of the TA indication information in a plurality of manners.
  • the method 400 further includes:
  • the transmit power of the TA indication information is determined according to the expected transmission distance.
  • the expected transmission distance of the TA indication information corresponds to a desired coverage of the TA indication information
  • the network device may determine, according to the expected coverage, a transmit power of the TA indication information, so that the coverage of the TA indication information is within the coverage of the TA indication information.
  • a plurality of terminal devices may maintain uplink synchronization with the network device by using the same TA value, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the network device can also configure the type of the terminal device. Accordingly, the method 400 further includes:
  • the first terminal device is the first type of terminal device or the second type of terminal device
  • the first indication information is sent to the first terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device is the first type terminal device or the second type terminal device.
  • the network device may determine that the first terminal device is the first type of terminal device or the second type of terminal device, for example, the network device may be based on the service type and location information of the first terminal device, One or more of the capability information, the subscription information, and the like, determining that the first terminal device is the first type of terminal device or the second type of terminal device, for example, the network device may have a larger amount of data,
  • the terminal device that transmits data more frequently and has a stable power source determines the fine TA device, and the terminal device that has a smaller amount of data, a lower data transmission frequency, and a limited battery capacity determines the coarse TA device, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the network device may send, to the first terminal device, first indication information indicating a type of the first terminal device, optionally, the first indication information is further used to:
  • the initial TA value of the first terminal device is indicated, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the network device may send the first indication information in a plurality of manners.
  • the sending the first indication information to the first terminal device including: performing the first in the random access process of the first terminal device
  • the terminal device sends the first indication information.
  • the network device may also detect whether a terminal device maintains uplink synchronization, and notify the terminal device when the terminal device is out of synchronization. Accordingly, the method 400 further includes:
  • the third indication information is sent to the second terminal device, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the second terminal device is out of synchronization.
  • the uplink information may include uplink data or a reference signal, such as a demodulation reference signal, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the network device may measure the uplink information to determine an uplink synchronization deviation between the second terminal device and the network device, and if the uplink synchronization deviation exceeds a threshold, the network device may determine the second terminal device.
  • the uplink is out of synchronization and the second terminal device is notified by signaling.
  • the third indication information may be further used to indicate a current TA value of the second terminal device, so that the second terminal device regains the network value with the network device according to the TA value indicated by the third indication information.
  • Uplink synchronization but embodiments of the present invention are not limited thereto.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention sends the second indication information for indicating the transmission resource of the TA indication information by the network device, so that the terminal device of the second type sends the TA indication information according to the transmission resource, the first type of The terminal device monitors the TA indication information according to the transmission resource, and can determine its own TA value according to the detected TA indication information, and does not need to directly interact with the network device, and each terminal device in the prior art needs to perform with the network device.
  • the burden of the network device and the signaling overhead can be reduced, and the overall signaling overhead of the system is reduced.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates a communication method 500 provided by another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method 500 can be performed by a network device.
  • the terminal device of the second type is a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the network device, where the terminal device of the first type is The terminal device that acquires the TA value from the detected TA indication information sent by the terminal device of the second type.
  • the network device may determine that the type of the first terminal device is the first type or the second type, and notify the first terminal device by signaling.
  • S520 Send the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device is the first type terminal device or the second type terminal device.
  • the network device may send the first indication information to the first terminal device.
  • sending the first indication information includes: sending the first indication information in a random access procedure of the first terminal device.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention configures the terminal device as a terminal device of the first type or a terminal device of the second type by using the network device, where the terminal device of the second type acquires its own TA value from the network device. And transmitting the TA indication information for indicating the TA value of the first type to the terminal device, so that the terminal device of the first type can determine the TA value of the first type according to the detected TA indication information, without directly performing with the network device.
  • the interaction can reduce the burden and signaling overhead of the network device and reduce the overall signaling overhead of the system, as compared with the manner in which each terminal device in the prior art needs to obtain the TA value by interacting with the network device.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method 600 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the terminal device receives the first indication information sent by the network device during the random access process, and determines, according to the first indication information, that the terminal device is the first type terminal device or the second type terminal device, That is, the terminal device is determined to be a coarse TA device or a fine TA device.
  • the network device may send the first indication information in a unicast, multicast, or broadcast manner, where the transmission resource used by the network device to broadcast the first indication information may be predefined, but the embodiment of the present invention does not do this. limited.
  • the first indication information may further be used for one or more of control information including TA indication information, for example, transmission resource, transmission power, and transmission mode (modulation coding mode and number of antenna ports, etc.), optionally
  • the first indication information may also be used to indicate other configurations of the other TA indication information, and the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the terminal device may complete initial uplink synchronization with the network device in the random access process, obtain its own initial TA value, and the terminal device may perform S620. If the terminal device belongs to a coarse TA device, the terminal device can select whether to obtain an initial TA value in the random access procedure. If the coarse TA device obtains its own initial TA value in the random access process, the coarse TA device may use the initial TA value for data transmission, and execute S630, where the coarse TA device may periodically or continuously monitor the TA.
  • the indication information is adjusted according to the monitored TA indication information, that is, the initial TA value is updated to the TA value indicated by the monitored TA indication information, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the coarse TA device may perform S630, and determine its own initial TA value and update the TA value according to the monitored TA indication information, ie, S630 is performed, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the terminal device broadcasts TA indication information for indicating its own TA value.
  • the terminal device performs data transmission with the network device.
  • S650 The terminal device determines whether the uplink is out of synchronization.
  • the terminal device can update its own TA value and maintain uplink synchronization with the network device with the updated TA value.
  • the fine TA device may perform S670 and S630, that is, periodically or triggerably receive the TA update information sent by the network device, update the TA value according to the TA update information, to maintain uplink synchronization with the network device, and periodically or trigger.
  • the TA indication information indicating the current TA value of itself is broadcast sexually.
  • the coarse TA user can maintain uplink synchronization with the network device by executing S630.
  • S660 is performed. Specifically, if the fine TA device is out of synchronization, the fine TA device may stop broadcasting the TA indication information and re-interact with the network device to regain uplink synchronization with the network device, and then may resume broadcasting the TA indication information. If the coarse TA device is out of synchronization, the coarse TA device may also interact with the network device to regain uplink synchronization with the network device, and continue to monitor the TA indication information after regaining the uplink synchronization.
  • S660 Obtain a TA value from the network device in a closed loop manner, and regain uplink synchronization with the network device.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention configures the terminal device as a terminal device of the first type or a terminal device of the second type by using the network device, where the terminal device of the second type acquires its own TA value from the network device. And transmitting the TA indication information for indicating the TA value of the first type to the terminal device, so that the terminal device of the first type can determine the TA value of the first type according to the detected TA indication information, without directly performing with the network device.
  • the interaction can reduce the burden and signaling overhead of the network device and reduce the overall signaling overhead of the system, as compared with the manner in which each terminal device in the prior art needs to obtain the TA value by interacting with the network device.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method 700 according to an embodiment of the present invention. Different from the manner in which the type of the terminal device in the method 600 is configured by the network device, the method shown in FIG. In 700, the type of the terminal device can be determined by listening to the TA indication information broadcast by other terminal devices.
  • the configuration of the TA indication information may be determined.
  • the terminal device may receive the second indication information that is sent by the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the configuration of the TA indication information, for example, at least one of a transmission resource, a transmission power, and a transmission manner of the TA indication information.
  • the length of the timer is further used to instruct the terminal device to detect the TA indication information, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the terminal device starts a timer, and detects and receives the TA indication information that may exist according to the configuration of the TA indication information.
  • the manner in which the terminal device detects the TA indication information and the length of the timer may be predefined or obtained from the second indication information sent by the network device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the terminal device determines whether the TA indication information is detected when the timer expires.
  • the terminal device may detect the TA indication information, it may be determined that the terminal device is a coarse TA device.
  • the coarse TA device may also obtain a TA value from the detected TA indication information, and complete uplink synchronization with the network device. Then, data transfer begins. At the same time, the coarse TA device can perform S750 to maintain uplink synchronization with the network device.
  • the terminal device does not detect the TA indication information, it may be determined that the terminal device is a fine TA device, and S740 is performed, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the terminal device if the terminal device correctly receives the TA indication information before the timer expires, it indicates that the terminal device is in the coverage of one or some fine TA devices, and the terminal device becomes thick. TA equipment. If the terminal device does not correctly receive any TA indication information before the timer expires, it indicates that the terminal device is not in the broadcast range of other fine TA devices, or is in an overlapping area of the broadcast range of multiple fine TA devices, thus, The TA indication information from a plurality of fine TA device broadcasts interfere with each other such that the terminal device cannot correctly decode the TA indication information broadcast by any one of the fine TA devices, and at this time, the terminal device can become a fine TA device.
  • the fine TA device obtains its own TA value through interaction with the network device, and broadcasts the TA indication information for indicating its own TA value by using a transmission resource indicated by a predefined or network device and a specific transmission power and transmission manner. .
  • the fine TA device can determine whether the uplink is out of step. If the fine TA device is out of synchronization during the data transmission process, the broadcast TA indication information may be stopped, and the closed loop interaction with the network device may be performed again. To regain uplink synchronization with network devices.
  • the coarse TA device may detect the TA indication information on the specific transmission resource, and update its own TA value according to the detected first TA indication information to maintain uplink synchronization with the network device.
  • the coarse TA device determines whether the uplink is out of step.
  • S750 can be performed continuously or periodically. If the coarse TA device is out of synchronization, the coarse TA device can re-obtain uplink synchronization with the network device by performing closed-loop interaction with the network device, and the coarse TA device automatically transitions to the fine TA device.
  • the identity type of the terminal device is not fixed, and each terminal device confirms its identity type in the same manner, and can convert the identity type.
  • This embodiment is more applicable to networks of the same type of terminal devices.
  • the probability of becoming a fine TA device or a coarse TA device is basically the same between the devices, and thus is more fair.
  • FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 are intended to help those skilled in the art to better understand the embodiments of the present invention and not to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present invention.
  • a person skilled in the art will be able to make various modifications or changes in the embodiments according to the examples of FIG. 9 and FIG. 10, and such modifications or variations are also within the scope of the embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 shows a communication device 800 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the device 800 includes:
  • the detecting unit 810 is configured to detect the first TA indication information, where the first TA indication information is sent by the second terminal device, and the first TA indication information is used to indicate the TA value of the second terminal device;
  • the determining unit 820 is configured to determine a TA value of the first terminal device according to the first TA indication information detected by the detecting unit 810.
  • the first TA indication information is further used to indicate the serving cell of the second terminal device; correspondingly, the determining unit 820 is further configured to: if the current serving cell of the first terminal device and the first TA indication information The indicated serving cell is the same, and the TA value of the first terminal device is determined according to the first TA indication information detected by the detecting unit 810.
  • the determining unit 820 is specifically configured to determine the TA value indicated by the first TA indication information detected by the detecting unit 810 as the TA value of the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may be a first type of terminal device
  • the second terminal device may be a second type of terminal device, wherein the second terminal device may acquire its own TA value from the network device.
  • the apparatus 800 further includes: a first receiving unit, configured to receive first indication information sent by the network device, where the first indication information is used before the detecting unit 810 detects the first TA indication information, where the first indication information is used Instructing the first terminal device to be a terminal device of the first type, wherein the terminal device of the first type is a terminal device that obtains a TA value from the TA indication information sent by the terminal device of the second type, and the terminal device of the second type The device is a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the network device.
  • the first receiving unit is specifically configured to receive the first indication information that is sent by the network device in a random access procedure. At this time, the first receiving unit may receive the first indication information that is sent by the network device in the process that the first terminal device randomly accesses the network device.
  • the apparatus 800 further includes: a first acquiring unit, configured to acquire a TA value of the first terminal device from the network device if the first terminal device is out of synchronization;
  • the detecting unit 810 is further configured to continue to detect the first TA indication information after the first acquiring unit acquires the TA value from the network device.
  • the detecting unit 810 is further configured to detect, when the initial access network device is switched from the sleep state to the connected state, the second TA indication information, where the second TA indication information is determined to be Transmitted by the third terminal device of the terminal device of the second type, and the second TA indication information is used to indicate the TA value of the third terminal device;
  • the determining unit 820 is further configured to determine that the first terminal device is the first type of terminal device if the detecting unit 810 detects the second TA indication information within a preset time period.
  • the apparatus 800 further includes: a second acquiring unit, configured to acquire a TA value of the first terminal device from the network device if the first terminal device is out of synchronization.
  • the determining unit 820 is further configured to: when the first terminal device is out of synchronization, determine that the first terminal device is changed from the first type of terminal device to the second type of terminal device.
  • the detecting unit 810 is further configured to re-detect the second TA indication information when switching from the sleep state to the connected state;
  • the determining unit 820 is further configured to: if the detecting unit 810 is not within the preset time period The second TA indication information is detected, and it is determined that the first terminal device is changed from the first type of terminal device to the second type of terminal device.
  • the detecting unit 810 is specifically configured to: detect the first TA indication information on a D2D broadcast channel.
  • the apparatus 800 further includes: a second receiving unit, configured to receive second indication information sent by the network device, where the second indication information is used before the detecting unit 810 detects the first TA indication information, where the second indication information is used by the detecting unit 810 At least one of a transmission resource, a transmission power, and a transmission mode indicating the first TA indication information;
  • the detecting unit 810 is configured to detect the first TA indication information according to the second indication information received by the second receiving unit.
  • the communication device 800 may correspond to the first terminal device in the communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention, and the above and other operations and/or functions of the respective modules in the communication device 800 are respectively implemented in order to implement FIG. 3 to The corresponding processes of the respective methods in FIG. 10 are not described herein for the sake of brevity.
  • the communication device detects the first TA indication information sent by the second terminal device, where the first TA indication information is used to indicate the TA value of the second terminal device, and the first terminal device detects the The first TA indication information is obtained, and the TA value is determined, and the network device is not required to be directly interacted with the network device.
  • the network device can be reduced. The burden and signaling overhead reduce the overall signaling overhead of the system.
  • FIG. 12 shows another communication device 900 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the device 900 includes:
  • the obtaining unit 910 is configured to acquire a TA value of the second terminal device from the network device.
  • the sending unit 920 is configured to send the first TA indication information to the first terminal device, where the first TA indication information is used to indicate the TA value acquired by the acquiring unit 910.
  • the first terminal device may be a first type of terminal device, and the sending unit may send the first TA indication information in a unicast or broadcast manner.
  • the first TA indication information is further used to indicate a serving cell of the second terminal device.
  • the apparatus 900 further includes: a first receiving unit, configured to receive first indication information sent by the network device, before the acquiring unit 910 acquires a TA value of the second terminal device from the network device, where The first indication information is used to indicate that the second terminal device is of the second type.
  • Terminal device, the second type of terminal device is a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the network device.
  • the device 900 may further include a determining unit, configured to determine, according to the first indication information received by the first receiving unit, that the second terminal device is a second type of terminal device.
  • the first receiving unit is specifically configured to receive the first indication information that is sent by the network device during a random access procedure. At this time, the first receiving unit is specifically configured to receive the first indication information that is sent by the network device in the process that the second terminal device randomly accesses the network device, for example, the first indication information is carried in a random access response.
  • the first indication information is carried in a random access response.
  • embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto.
  • the apparatus 900 further includes:
  • a detecting unit configured to detect a second TA indication information when initially accessing the network device or switching from a sleep state to a connection state, where the second TA indication information is determined by the third device that is determined to be the second type of terminal device Transmitted by the terminal device, and the second TA indication information is used to indicate a TA value of the third terminal device;
  • a determining unit configured to determine that the second terminal device is a second type of terminal device if the detecting unit does not detect the second TA indication information within a preset time period.
  • the detecting unit is further configured to re-detect the second TA indication information when switching from the sleep state to the connected state;
  • the determining unit is further configured to: if the detecting unit detects the second TA indication information in the preset time period, determine that the second terminal device is changed from the second type terminal device to the first type Terminal Equipment.
  • the sending unit 920 is specifically configured to: send the first TA indication information on a D2D broadcast channel.
  • the apparatus 900 further includes:
  • a second receiving unit configured to receive second indication information that is sent by the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first TA indication information, before the sending unit 920 sends the first TA indication information to the first terminal device At least one of a transmission resource, a transmission power, and a transmission method;
  • the sending unit 920 is specifically configured to send the first TA indication information to the first terminal device according to the second indication information received by the second receiving unit.
  • the communication device 900 may correspond to the second terminal device in the communication method according to the embodiment of the present invention, and the above-described and other operations and/or functions of the respective modules in the communication device 900 are respectively implemented in order to implement FIG. 3 to The corresponding flow of each method in Figure 10, for the sake of brevity, This will not be repeated here.
  • the communication device obtains the TA value of the self by the network device, and sends the first TA indication information indicating the TA value to the first terminal device, so that the first terminal device can
  • the first TA indicates the information, and determines the TA value of the network, and does not need to directly interact with the network device.
  • the network device can be reduced. Burden and signaling overhead, reducing the overall signaling overhead of the system.
  • FIG. 13 shows another communication device 1100 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the communication device 1100 includes:
  • a determining unit 1110 configured to determine a transmission resource of the TA indication information, where the TA indication information is sent by the second type of terminal device to the first type of terminal device, and the TA indication information is used to indicate the second type The TA value of the terminal device;
  • the sending unit 1120 is configured to send second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate a transmission resource of the TA indication information.
  • the sending unit 1120 may send the second indication information to one or more terminal devices.
  • the sending unit 1120 is specifically configured to send the second indication information in a broadcast manner.
  • the second indication information is further used to indicate that the TA indicates the transmit power of the information
  • the determining unit 1110 is further configured to: before the sending unit 1120 sends the second indication information, determine a desired transmission distance of the TA indication information according to the TA adjustment granularity, and determine the TA indication information according to the expected transmission distance. Transmit power.
  • the determining unit 1110 is further configured to determine that the first terminal device is the first type of terminal device or the second type of terminal device;
  • the sending unit 1120 is further configured to send the first indication information to the first terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device determined by the determining unit 1110 is the terminal device of the first type or The second type of terminal device.
  • the determining unit 1110 determines that the type of the first terminal device is the first type or the second type, and the sending unit 1120 sends, to the first terminal device, the first terminal device that is used to indicate the determining by the determining unit 1110.
  • the first indication of the type is the first indication of the type.
  • the sending unit 1120 is specifically configured to be used in the first terminal device.
  • the first indication information is sent to the first terminal device during the random access process.
  • the device 1110 further includes: a receiving unit, configured to receive uplink information sent by the second terminal device;
  • the determining unit 1110 is further configured to determine, according to the uplink information received by the receiving unit, that the second terminal device is out of synchronization;
  • the sending unit 1120 is further configured to send the third indication information to the second terminal device, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the second terminal device determined by the determining unit 1110 is out of synchronization.
  • the communication device 1100 may correspond to a network device in a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention, and the above and other operations and/or functions of respective modules in the communication device 1100 are respectively implemented in order to implement FIGS. 3 to 10
  • the corresponding processes of each method in the following are not repeated here for brevity.
  • the communication apparatus sends the second indication information indicating the transmission resource of the TA indication information, so that the terminal equipment of the second type sends the TA indication information according to the transmission resource, and the terminal equipment of the first type
  • the TA indication information is monitored according to the transmission resource, and the TA value of the TA is determined according to the detected TA indication information, and the terminal device does not need to directly interact with the network device, and each terminal device in the prior art needs to obtain an interaction with the network device.
  • the burden of the network device and the signaling overhead can be reduced, and the overall signaling overhead of the system can be reduced.
  • FIG. 14 shows a communication device 1200 according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the device 1200 includes:
  • the determining unit 1210 is configured to determine that the first terminal device is a terminal device of a first type or a terminal device of a second type, where the terminal device of the second type is a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the network device, the first type
  • the terminal device is a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the detected TA indication information sent by the second type of terminal device;
  • the sending unit 1220 is configured to send the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device determined by the determining unit 1210 is the terminal device of the first type or the terminal device of the second type.
  • the determining unit 1210 may determine that the type of the first terminal device is the first type or the second type, and the sending unit sends the first indication information to the first terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate The determining unit 1210 determines the type of the first terminal device.
  • the sending unit 1220 is specifically configured to send the first indication information in a random access procedure of the first terminal device.
  • the sending unit 1220 sends the piggybacking to the first terminal device.
  • the random access response with the first indication information but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the communication device 1200 may correspond to a network device in a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention, and the above and other operations and/or functions of respective modules in the communication device 1200 are respectively implemented in order to implement FIGS. 3 to 10
  • the corresponding processes of each method in the following are not repeated here for brevity.
  • the communication device configures the terminal device as a terminal device of the first type or a terminal device of the second type, wherein the terminal device of the second type acquires its own TA value from the network device, and
  • the terminal device of the first type sends the TA indication information for indicating the value of the TA, so that the terminal device of the first type can determine its own TA value according to the detected TA indication information, without directly interacting with the network device.
  • the burden of the network device and the signaling overhead can be reduced, and the overall signaling overhead of the system is reduced.
  • FIG. 15 shows a communication device 1300 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the device 1300 includes: a processor 1310, configured to:
  • the first TA indication information is sent by the second terminal device, and the first TA indication information is used to indicate the TA value of the second terminal device;
  • the first terminal device may be a first type of terminal device
  • the second terminal device may be a second type of terminal device, wherein the second terminal device may acquire its own TA value from the network device.
  • the first TA indication information is further used to indicate a serving cell of the second terminal device; correspondingly, the processor 1310 is further configured to: if the first terminal device is currently a serving cell and the first The TA indicates that the serving cell indicated by the information is the same, and determines the TA value of the first terminal device according to the detected first TA indication information.
  • the processor 1310 is specifically configured to determine the TA value indicated by the detected first TA indication information as the TA value of the first terminal device.
  • the apparatus 1300 further includes: a receiver 1320, configured to receive first indication information sent by the network device, before the processor 1310 detects the first TA indication information, where the An indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device is a terminal device of a first type, where the terminal device of the first type is a terminal device that obtains a TA value from the TA indication information sent by the second type of terminal device, where The second type of terminal device is to acquire the TA from the network device Value of the terminal device.
  • a receiver 1320 configured to receive first indication information sent by the network device, before the processor 1310 detects the first TA indication information, where the An indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device is a terminal device of a first type, where the terminal device of the first type is a terminal device that obtains a TA value from the TA indication information sent by the second type of terminal device, where The second type of terminal device is to acquire the TA from the network device Value of the terminal device.
  • the processor 1310 is further configured to determine, according to the first indication information received by the receiver 1320, that the first terminal device is the terminal device of the first type.
  • the receiver 1320 is specifically configured to receive the first indication information that is sent by the network device during a random access procedure. At this time, the receiver 1320 can receive the first indication information that is sent by the network device in the process that the first terminal device randomly accesses the network device.
  • the processor 1310 is further configured to: if the first terminal device is out of synchronization, acquire the TA value of the first terminal device from the network device.
  • the processor 1310 is further configured to continue to detect the first TA indication information after acquiring the TA value of the first terminal device from the network device.
  • processor 1310 is further configured to:
  • the second TA indication information is sent by the third terminal device that has been determined to be the terminal device of the second type, and the The second TA indication information is used to indicate a TA value of the third terminal device;
  • the second TA indication information is detected within the preset time period, it is determined that the first terminal device is the first type of terminal device.
  • the processor 1310 is further configured to: if the first terminal device is out of synchronization, acquire the TA value of the first terminal device from the network device.
  • the processor 1310 is further configured to: after acquiring the TA value from the network device, determine that the first terminal device is changed from the first type of terminal device to the second type of terminal device.
  • the processor 1310 is specifically configured to: detect the first TA indication information on a D2D broadcast channel.
  • the apparatus 1300 further includes: a receiver 1320, configured to receive second indication information sent by the network device, where the second indicator information is used before the processor 1310 detects the first TA indication information, where the second indication information is used And indicating at least one of a transmission resource, a transmission power, and a transmission manner of the first TA indication information;
  • the processor 1310 is specifically configured to detect the first TA indication information according to the second indication information received by the receiver 1320.
  • the communication device 1300 may correspond to the first terminal device in the communication method according to the embodiment of the present invention, and the above and other operations and/or functions of the respective modules in the communication device 1300 are respectively implemented in order to implement FIG. 3 to The corresponding flow of each method in Figure 10, for the sake of brevity, I will not repeat them here.
  • the communication device detects the first TA indication information sent by the second terminal device, where the first TA indication information is used to indicate the TA value of the second terminal device, and the first terminal device detects the The first TA indication information is obtained, and the TA value is determined, and the network device is not required to be directly interacted with the network device.
  • the network device can be reduced. The burden and signaling overhead reduce the overall signaling overhead of the system.
  • FIG. 16 shows another communication device 1400 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the device 1400 includes:
  • the processor 1410 is configured to acquire a TA value of the second terminal device from the network device.
  • the transmitter 1420 is configured to send the first TA indication information to the first terminal device, where the first TA indication information is used to indicate the TA value acquired by the processor 1410.
  • the first terminal device may be a first type of terminal device, and the sending unit may send the first TA indication information in a unicast or broadcast manner.
  • the first TA indication information is further used to indicate a serving cell of the second terminal device.
  • the device 1400 further includes: a receiver, configured to receive first indication information sent by the network device, where the processor 1410 acquires a TA value of the second terminal device from the network device, where the first The indication information is used to indicate that the second terminal device is a second type of terminal device, and the second type of terminal device is a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the network device.
  • the processor 1410 is further configured to determine, according to the first indication information received by the receiver, that the second terminal device is a second type of terminal device.
  • the receiver is specifically configured to receive the first indication information that is sent by the network device during a random access procedure. At this time, the receiver is specifically configured to receive the first indication information that is sent by the network device in the process that the second terminal device randomly accesses the network device, for example, the first indication information is carried in a random access response,
  • the receiver is specifically configured to receive the first indication information that is sent by the network device during a random access procedure. At this time, the receiver is specifically configured to receive the first indication information that is sent by the network device in the process that the second terminal device randomly accesses the network device, for example, the first indication information is carried in a random access response,
  • embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto.
  • processor 1410 is further configured to:
  • the second TA indication information is sent by the third terminal device that is determined to be the terminal device of the second type, And the second TA indication information is used to indicate a TA value of the third terminal device;
  • the transmitter 1420 is specifically configured to send the first TA indication information on a D2D broadcast channel.
  • the apparatus 1400 further includes:
  • a receiver configured to receive second indication information that is sent by the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate a transmission resource of the first TA indication information, before the sending, by the transmitter, the first TA indication information At least one of transmission power and transmission mode;
  • the transmitter 1420 is specifically configured to send the first TA indication information to the first terminal device according to the second indication information received by the receiver.
  • the communication device 1400 may correspond to a second terminal device in a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention, and the above-described and other operations and/or functions of respective modules in the communication device 1400 are respectively implemented in order to implement FIG.
  • the corresponding processes of the respective methods in FIG. 10 are not described herein for the sake of brevity.
  • the communication device obtains the TA value of the self by the network device, and sends the first TA indication information indicating the TA value to the first terminal device, so that the first terminal device can
  • the first TA indicates the information, and determines the TA value of the network, and does not need to directly interact with the network device.
  • the network device can be reduced. Burden and signaling overhead, reducing the overall signaling overhead of the system.
  • FIG. 17 shows another communication device 1500 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the communication device 1500 includes:
  • the processor 1510 is configured to determine a transmission resource of the TA indication information, where the TA indication information is sent by the second type of terminal device to the first type of terminal device, and the TA indication information is used to indicate the second type.
  • the transmitter 1520 is configured to send second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate a transmission resource of the TA indication information.
  • the transmitter 1520 can send the second indication information to one or more terminal devices.
  • the transmitter 1520 is specifically configured to send the second indication information in a broadcast manner.
  • the second indication information is further used to indicate that the TA indicates the transmit power of the information
  • the processor 1510 is further configured to: before the transmitter 1520 sends the second indication information, determine a desired transmission distance of the TA indication information according to the TA adjustment granularity, and determine the TA indication information according to the expected transmission distance. Transmit power.
  • the processor 1510 is further configured to determine that the first terminal device is the first type of terminal device or the second type of terminal device;
  • the transmitter 1520 is further configured to send the first indication information to the first terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device determined by the processor 1510 is the first type of terminal device or The second type of terminal device.
  • the processor 1510 determines that the type of the first terminal device is the first type or the second type, and the transmitter 1520 sends the first indication information to the first terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the The type of the first terminal device determined by the processor 1510.
  • the transmitter 1520 is specifically configured to send the first indication information to the first terminal device in a random access procedure of the first terminal device.
  • the device 1110 further includes: a receiver, configured to receive uplink information sent by the second terminal device;
  • the processor 1510 is further configured to determine, according to the uplink information received by the receiver, that the second terminal device is out of synchronization;
  • the transmitter 1520 is further configured to send the third indication information to the second terminal device, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the second terminal device determined by the processor 1510 is out of synchronization.
  • the communication device 1500 may correspond to a network device in a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention, and the above and other operations and/or functions of respective modules in the communication device 1500 are respectively implemented in order to implement FIGS. 3 to 10
  • the corresponding processes of each method in the following are not repeated here for brevity.
  • the communication apparatus sends the second indication information indicating the transmission resource of the TA indication information, so that the terminal equipment of the second type sends the TA indication information according to the transmission resource, and the terminal equipment of the first type
  • the TA indication information is monitored according to the transmission resource, and the TA value of the TA is determined according to the detected TA indication information, and the terminal device does not need to directly interact with the network device, and each terminal device in the prior art needs to obtain an interaction with the network device.
  • the burden of the network device and the signaling overhead can be reduced, and the overall signaling overhead of the system can be reduced.
  • FIG. 18 shows a communication device 1600 according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the device 1600 includes:
  • the processor 1610 is configured to determine that the first terminal device is a first type of terminal device or a second type of terminal device, where the second type of terminal device is a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the network device, the first type
  • the terminal device is a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the detected TA indication information sent by the second type of terminal device;
  • the transmitter 1620 is configured to send the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device determined by the processor 1610 is the terminal device of the first type or the terminal device of the second type.
  • the processor 1610 may determine that the type of the first terminal device is the first type or the second type, and the transmitter 1620 sends the first indication information to the first terminal device, where the first indication information is used for The type of the first terminal device determined by the processor 1610 is indicated.
  • the transmitter 1620 is specifically configured to send the first indication information in a random access procedure of the first terminal device.
  • the transmitter 1620 sends a random access response carrying the first indication information to the first terminal device, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the communication device 1600 may correspond to a network device in a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention, and the above and other operations and/or functions of respective modules in the communication device 1600 are respectively implemented in order to implement FIGS. 3 to 10
  • the corresponding processes of each method in the following are not repeated here for brevity.
  • the communication device configures the terminal device as a terminal device of the first type or a terminal device of the second type, wherein the terminal device of the second type acquires its own TA value from the network device, and
  • the terminal device of the first type sends the TA indication information for indicating the value of the TA, so that the terminal device of the first type can determine its own TA value according to the detected TA indication information, without directly interacting with the network device.
  • the burden of the network device and the signaling overhead can be reduced, and the overall signaling overhead of the system is reduced.
  • the processor in the foregoing apparatus may be a central processing unit (CPU), and the processor 610 may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), and dedicated Integrated circuit (ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component, etc.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the above apparatus may further include a memory, which may include a read only memory and a random access memory, and provides instructions and data to the processor.
  • a portion of the memory can also include Non-volatile random access memory.
  • the memory can also store information of the device type.
  • each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented as a hardware processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the instructions in the memory and combines the hardware to complete the steps of the above method. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
  • the sending unit or the transmitter in the above embodiment may refer to transmitting on the air interface, may not be sent on the air interface, but may be sent to other devices to facilitate other devices to send on the air interface.
  • the receiving unit or the receiver in the above embodiment may refer to receiving on the air interface, and may not receive on the air interface, but receive from other devices received on the air interface.
  • association relationship describing the associated object indicates that there may be three relationships.
  • a and/or B may indicate that A exists separately, and A and B exist simultaneously, and B cases exist alone.
  • the character / in this paper generally indicates that the contextual object is an OR relationship.
  • the disclosed systems, devices, and The method can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, or an electrical, mechanical or other form of connection.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the embodiments of the present invention.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit.
  • the integrated unit if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product, may be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present invention contributes in essence or to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solution may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium.
  • a number of instructions are included to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .
  • the sending module or the sending unit or the transmitter in the above embodiment may refer to sending on the air interface, but may not be sent on the air interface, but sent to other devices to facilitate other devices to send on the air interface.
  • the receiving module or the receiving unit or the receiver in the above embodiment may refer to receiving on the air interface, and may not receive on the air interface, but receive from other devices received on the air interface.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed are a communication method and communication apparatus. The method comprises: a first terminal device detects first time advance (TA) indication information, wherein the first TA indication information is sent by a second terminal device, and the first TA indication information is used to indicate a TA value of the second terminal device; and the first terminal device determines a TA value of the first terminal device according to the detected first TA indication information. The communication method and apparatus disclosed in the present invention can reduce the burden and signalling overhead of a network device.

Description

通信方法和装置Communication method and device 技术领域Technical field
本发明涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及通信方法和装置。The present invention relates to the field of communications and, more particularly, to a communication method and apparatus.
背景技术Background technique
在长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统中,用户设备通过与基站之间的闭环TA实现与该基站之间的上行同步。具体地,在随机接入网络的过程中,用户设备可以生成前导序列,并且向基站发送该前导序列。基站可以根据接收到的该前导序列,确定该用户设备的时间提前(Time Advance,TA)值,并且向该用户设备发送携带该TA值的随机接入响应(Random Access Response,RAR)。用户设备在接收到该RAR之后,可以根据该RAR中携带的TA值,进行上行定时调整,以完成与基站的上行同步。此外,该用户设备可以开启时间对齐定时器(Time Alignment Timer),如果在该时间对齐定时器超时前,该用户设备接收到该基站发送的TA更新信息,则该用户设备可以利用该TA更新信息进行上行定时更新,并将该时间对齐定时器重置,其中,该TA更新信息可以是基站根据接收到的该用户设备发送的上行信息(例如解调参考信号(Demodulation Reference Signal,DMRS)、探测参考信号(Sounding Reference Signal,SRS),等等)确定的;而如果该用户设备在该时间对齐定时器超时前未接收到该基站发送的TA更新信息,则该用户设备可以确定上行失步,并且通过再次执行闭环TA流程获得自身的TA值。In a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, a user equipment implements uplink synchronization with the base station through a closed-loop TA with a base station. Specifically, in a process of randomly accessing a network, the user equipment may generate a preamble sequence and send the preamble sequence to the base station. The base station may determine a Time Advance (TA) value of the user equipment according to the received preamble sequence, and send a random access response (RAR) carrying the TA value to the user equipment. After receiving the RAR, the user equipment may perform uplink timing adjustment according to the TA value carried in the RAR to complete uplink synchronization with the base station. In addition, the user equipment may enable a Time Alignment Timer. If the user equipment receives the TA update information sent by the base station before the time alignment timer expires, the user equipment may use the TA update information. Performing an uplink timing update, and resetting the time alignment timer, where the TA update information may be uplink information sent by the base station according to the received user equipment (eg, Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS), detection) Determined by a Sounding Reference Signal (SRS), etc.; and if the user equipment does not receive the TA update information sent by the base station before the time alignment timer expires, the user equipment may determine uplink out-of-synchronization, And obtain its own TA value by executing the closed-loop TA process again.
然而,在上述过程中,基站需要单独为每个用户设备提供初始TA值和TA更新信息,因此需要大量的信令开销。However, in the above process, the base station needs to provide the initial TA value and the TA update information separately for each user equipment, and thus requires a large amount of signaling overhead.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明实施例提供一种通信方法和通信装置,能够减少网络设备的负担和信令开销。The embodiment of the invention provides a communication method and a communication device, which can reduce the burden and signaling overhead of the network device.
第一方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:第一终端设备检测第一TA指示信息,其中,该第一TA指示信息是由第二终端设备发送的,并且该第一TA指示信息用于指示该第二终端设备的TA值;该第一终端设备根据检测到的第一TA指示信息,确定该第一终端设备的TA值。 In a first aspect, a communication method is provided, including: a first terminal device detecting first TA indication information, wherein the first TA indication information is sent by a second terminal device, and the first TA indication information is used by And indicating the TA value of the second terminal device; the first terminal device determines the TA value of the first terminal device according to the detected first TA indication information.
在第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,该根据检测到的第一TA指示信息,确定该第一终端设备的TA值,包括:将该检测到的第一TA指示信息所指示的TA值确定为该第一终端设备的TA值。In a first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, determining, according to the detected first TA indication information, the TA value of the first terminal device, including: indicating, by the detected first TA indication information The TA value is determined as the TA value of the first terminal device.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,该第一TA指示信息还用于指示该第二终端设备的服务小区;该根据检测到的第一TA指示信息,确定该第一终端设备的TA值,包括:若该第一终端设备当前的服务小区与该第一TA指示信息所指示的服务小区相同,根据检测到的第一TA指示信息,确定该第一终端设备的TA值。In combination with the foregoing possible implementation manner, in a second possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first TA indication information is further used to indicate a serving cell of the second terminal device; Determining the TA value of the first terminal device, including: if the current serving cell of the first terminal device is the same as the serving cell indicated by the first TA indication information, determining the first according to the detected first TA indication information The TA value of a terminal device.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,在该检测第一TA指示信息之前,该方法还包括:接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该第一终端设备为第一类型的终端设备,其中,该第一类型的终端设备为从第二类型的终端设备发送的TA指示信息中获取TA值的终端设备,该第二类型的终端设备为从该网络设备获取TA值的终端设备。In conjunction with the foregoing possible implementation manner, in a third possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, before the detecting the first TA indication information, the method further includes: receiving, by the network device, first indication information, the first indication The information is used to indicate that the first terminal device is a terminal device of the first type, where the terminal device of the first type is a terminal device that obtains a TA value from the TA indication information sent by the second type of terminal device, and the second A type of terminal device is a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the network device.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,该接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,包括:接收该网络设备在随机接入过程中发送的该第一指示信息。With reference to the foregoing possible implementation manner, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the receiving, by the receiving network device, the first indication information includes: receiving the first indication sent by the network device in a random access procedure information.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:若该第一终端设备上行失步,从该网络设备获取该第一终端设备的TA值;继续检测该第一TA指示信息。In combination with the foregoing possible implementation manner, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the method further includes: if the first terminal device is out of synchronization, obtaining a TA value of the first terminal device from the network device; The first TA indication information is continuously detected.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式中,在该检测第一TA指示信息之前,该方法还包括:在初始接入网络设备或从睡眠状态切换至连接状态时,检测第二TA指示信息,该第二TA指示信息是由已确定为第二类型的终端设备的第三终端设备发送的,并且该第二TA指示信息用于指示该第三终端设备的TA值;若在预设时间段内检测到该第二TA指示信息,确定该第一终端设备为第一类型的终端设备。In conjunction with the foregoing possible implementation manner, in the sixth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, before the detecting the first TA indication information, the method further includes: switching to the connection state from the initial access network device or from the sleep state to the connection state At the time of detecting, the second TA indication information is sent by the third terminal device that is determined to be the second type of terminal device, and the second TA indication information is used to indicate the third terminal device The TA value is determined. If the second TA indication information is detected within the preset time period, the first terminal device is determined to be the first type of terminal device.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第七种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:若该第一终端设备上行失步,从该网络设备获取该第一终端设备的TA值;确定该第一终端设备由该第一类型的终端设备变为该第二类型的终端设备。In conjunction with the foregoing possible implementation manner, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the method further includes: if the first terminal device is out of synchronization, obtaining a TA value of the first terminal device from the network device; It is determined that the first terminal device is changed from the first type of terminal device to the second type of terminal device.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第八种可能的实现方式中,该 检测第一TA指示信息,包括:在D2D广播信道上检测该第一TA指示信息。In combination with the above possible implementation manner, in an eighth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, Detecting the first TA indication information includes: detecting the first TA indication information on the D2D broadcast channel.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第九种可能的实现方式中,在该检测第一TA指示信息之前,该方法还包括:接收网络设备发送的第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该第一TA指示信息的传输资源、发射功率和传输方式中的至少一项;该检测第一TA指示信息,包括:根据该第二指示信息,检测该第一TA指示信息。In conjunction with the foregoing possible implementation manner, in the ninth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, before the detecting the first TA indication information, the method further includes: receiving, by the network device, second indication information, the second indication The information is used to indicate at least one of a transmission resource, a transmission power, and a transmission mode of the first TA indication information. The detecting the first TA indication information includes: detecting, according to the second indication information, the first TA indication information.
第二方面,提供了另一种通信方法,包括:第二终端设备从网络设备获取该第二终端设备的TA值;该第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送第一TA指示信息,其中,该第一TA指示信息用于指示该第二终端设备的TA值。The second aspect provides another communication method, including: acquiring, by the second terminal device, the TA value of the second terminal device from the network device; the second terminal device sending the first TA indication information to the first terminal device, where The first TA indication information is used to indicate a TA value of the second terminal device.
在第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,该第一TA指示信息还用于指示该第二终端设备的服务小区。In a first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the first TA indication information is further used to indicate a serving cell of the second terminal device.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,在该从网络设备获取该第二终端设备的TA值之前,该方法还包括:接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该第二终端设备为第二类型的终端设备,该第二类型的终端设备为从该网络设备获取TA值的终端设备。In conjunction with the foregoing possible implementation manner, in a second possible implementation manner of the second aspect, before the obtaining, by the network device, the TA value of the second terminal device, the method further includes: receiving, by the network device, the first indication sent by the network device The first indication information is used to indicate that the second terminal device is a second type of terminal device, and the second type of terminal device is a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the network device.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,该接收该网络设备发送的第一指示信息,包括:接收该网络设备在随机接入过程中发送的该第一指示信息。In combination with the foregoing possible implementation manner, in a third possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the receiving, by the network device, the first indication information, that: receiving, by the network device, the first Instructions.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,在该从网络设备获取该第二终端设备的TA值之前,该方法还包括:在初始接入该网络设备或从睡眠状态切换至连接状态时,检测第二TA指示信息,该第二TA指示信息是由已确定为第二类型的终端设备的第三终端设备发送的,并且该第二TA指示信息用于指示该第三终端设备的TA值;若在预设时间段内未检测到该第二TA指示信息,确定该第二终端设备为第二类型的终端设备。In conjunction with the foregoing possible implementation manner, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, before the obtaining, by the network device, the TA value of the second terminal device, the method further includes: initially accessing the network device or When switching from the sleep state to the connected state, the second TA indication information is detected, the second TA indication information is sent by the third terminal device that has been determined to be the terminal device of the second type, and the second TA indication information is used for And indicating the TA value of the third terminal device; if the second TA indication information is not detected within the preset time period, determining that the second terminal device is the second type terminal device.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,该向第一终端设备发送第一TA指示信息,包括:在D2D广播信道上发送该第一TA指示信息。In conjunction with the foregoing possible implementation manner, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the sending, by the first terminal device, the first TA indication information includes: sending the first TA indication information on a D2D broadcast channel.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第六种可能的实现方式中,在该向第一终端设备发送第一TA指示信息之前,该方法还包括:接收网络设 备发送的第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该第一TA指示信息的传输资源、发射功率和传输方式中的至少一项;该向第一终端设备发送第一TA指示信息,包括:根据该第二指示信息,向该第一终端设备发送第一TA指示信息。In conjunction with the foregoing possible implementation manner, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, before the sending the first TA indication information to the first terminal device, the method further includes: receiving the network The second indication information that is sent to be sent, the second indication information is used to indicate at least one of a transmission resource, a transmission power, and a transmission manner of the first TA indication information; the first TA indication information is sent to the first terminal device, The method includes: sending, according to the second indication information, the first TA indication information to the first terminal device.
第三方面,提供了另一种通信方法,包括:确定TA指示信息的传输资源,其中,该TA指示信息是由第二类型的终端设备向第一类型的终端设备发送的,并且该第二类型的终端设备发送的TA指示信息用于指示该该第二类型的终端设备的TA值;发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该TA指示信息的传输资源。In a third aspect, another communication method is provided, including: determining a transmission resource of the TA indication information, wherein the TA indication information is sent by the second type of terminal device to the first type of terminal device, and the second The TA indication information sent by the terminal device of the type is used to indicate the TA value of the terminal device of the second type; the second indication information is sent, where the second indication information is used to indicate the transmission resource of the TA indication information.
在第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,该发送第二指示信息,包括:以广播形式发送该第二指示信息。In a first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the sending the second indication information includes: sending the second indication information in a broadcast form.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,,该第二指示信息还用于指示该TA指示信息的发射功率;在该发送第二指示信息之前,该方法还包括:根据TA调整粒度,确定该TA指示信息的期望传输距离;根据该期望传输距离,确定该TA指示信息的发射功率。In conjunction with the foregoing possible implementation manner, in a second possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the second indication information is further used to indicate a transmit power of the TA indication information; before the sending the second indication information, the method The method further includes: determining a desired transmission distance of the TA indication information according to the TA adjustment granularity; and determining, according to the expected transmission distance, a transmission power of the TA indication information.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:确定第一终端设备为该第一类型的终端设备或该第二类型的终端设备;向该第一终端设备发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该第一终端设备为该第一类型的终端设备或该第二类型的终端设备。In combination with the foregoing possible implementation manner, in a third possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the method further includes: determining that the first terminal device is the first type of terminal device or the second type of terminal device; The first terminal device sends the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device is the first type terminal device or the second type terminal device.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,该向该第一终端设备发送第一指示信息,包括:在该第一终端设备的随机接入过程中向该第一终端设备发送该第一指示信息。In conjunction with the foregoing possible implementation manner, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the sending, by the first terminal device, the first indication information, The first terminal device sends the first indication information.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:接收第二终端设备发送的上行信息;根据接收到的该上行信息,确定该第二终端设备上行失步;向该第二终端设备发送第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示该第二终端设备上行失步。With reference to the foregoing possible implementation manner, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the method further includes: receiving uplink information sent by the second terminal device; determining, according to the received uplink information, the second terminal device The uplink is out of synchronization; the third indication information is sent to the second terminal device, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the second terminal device is out of synchronization.
第四方面,提供了另一种通信方法,包括:确定第一终端设备为第一类型的终端设备或第二类型的终端设备,其中,该第二类型的终端设备为从网络设备获取TA值的终端设备,该第一类型的终端设备为从检测到的该第二类型的终端设备发送的TA指示信息中获取TA值的终端设备;发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该第一终端设备为该第一类型的终端设备 或该第二类型的终端设备。A fourth aspect provides another communication method, including: determining that the first terminal device is a first type terminal device or a second type terminal device, wherein the second type terminal device is acquiring a TA value from the network device. a terminal device, the terminal device of the first type is a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the detected TA indication information sent by the terminal device of the second type; and sends first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate The first terminal device is the first type of terminal device Or the second type of terminal device.
在第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,该发送第一指示信息,包括:在该第一终端设备的随机接入过程中发送该第一指示信息。In a first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the sending the first indication information includes: sending the first indication information in a random access procedure of the first terminal device.
第五方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:检测单元,用于检测第一TA指示信息,其中,该第一TA指示信息是由第二终端设备发送的,并且该第一TA指示信息用于指示该第二终端设备的TA值;确定单元,用于根据该检测单元检测到的第一TA指示信息,确定第一终端设备的TA值。A fifth aspect provides a communication apparatus, including: a detecting unit, configured to detect first TA indication information, where the first TA indication information is sent by a second terminal device, and the first TA indication information is used by The determining unit is configured to determine a TA value of the first terminal device according to the first TA indication information detected by the detecting unit.
在第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,该第一TA指示信息还用于指示该第二终端设备的服务小区;该确定单元具体用于若该第一终端设备当前的服务小区与该第一TA指示信息所指示的服务小区相同,根据该检测单元检测到的第一TA指示信息,确定该第一终端设备的TA值。In a first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the first TA indication information is further used to indicate a serving cell of the second terminal device; the determining unit is specifically configured to: if the current serving cell of the first terminal device is The serving cell indicated by the first TA indication information is the same, and the TA value of the first terminal device is determined according to the first TA indication information detected by the detecting unit.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第五方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,该确定单元具体用于将该检测单元检测到的第一TA指示信息所指示的TA值确定为该第一终端设备的TA值。In combination with the foregoing possible implementation manner, in a second possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the determining unit is configured to determine, as the first terminal, a TA value indicated by the first TA indication information detected by the detecting unit. The TA value of the device.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第五方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,该装置还包括:第一接收单元,用于在该检测单元检测第一TA指示信息之前,接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该第一终端设备为第一类型的终端设备,其中,该第一类型的终端设备为从第二类型的终端设备发送的TA指示信息中获取TA值的终端设备,该第二类型的终端设备为从该网络设备获取TA值的终端设备。In conjunction with the foregoing possible implementation manner, in a third possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the device further includes: a first receiving unit, configured to receive, by the network device, before the detecting unit detects the first TA indication information The first indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device is a terminal device of the first type, where the terminal device of the first type is obtained from the TA indication information sent by the terminal device of the second type A terminal device of the TA value, the terminal device of the second type being a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the network device.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第五方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,该第一接收单元具体用于接收该网络设备在随机接入过程中发送的该第一指示信息。In conjunction with the foregoing possible implementation manner, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the first receiving unit is configured to receive the first indication information that is sent by the network device in a random access procedure.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第五方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,该装置还包括:第一获取单元,用于若该第一终端设备上行失步,从该网络设备获取该第一终端设备的TA值;该检测单元还用于继续检测该第一TA指示信息。With reference to the foregoing possible implementation manner, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the device further includes: a first acquiring unit, configured to acquire the first terminal device from the network device if the first terminal device is out of synchronization a TA value of a terminal device; the detecting unit is further configured to continue to detect the first TA indication information.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第五方面的第六种可能的实现方式中,该检测单元还用于在初始接入网络设备或从睡眠状态切换至连接状态时,检测第二TA指示信息,该第二TA指示信息是由已确定为第二类型的终端设备的第三终端设备发送的,并且该第二TA指示信息用于指示该第三终端设备 的TA值;该确定单元还用于若该检测单元在预设时间段内检测到该第二TA指示信息,确定该第一终端设备为第一类型的终端设备。In combination with the foregoing possible implementation manner, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the detecting unit is further configured to: when the initial access network device is switched from the sleep state to the connected state, detecting the second TA indication information, The second TA indication information is sent by a third terminal device that has been determined to be the second type of terminal device, and the second TA indication information is used to indicate the third terminal device The determining unit is further configured to determine that the first terminal device is a terminal device of the first type if the detecting unit detects the second TA indication information within a preset time period.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第五方面的第七种可能的实现方式中,该装置还包括:第二获取单元,用于若该第一终端设备上行失步,从该网络设备获取该第一终端设备的TA值。With reference to the foregoing possible implementation manner, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the device further includes: a second acquiring unit, configured to acquire the first terminal device from the network device if the first terminal device is out of synchronization The TA value of a terminal device.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第五方面的第八种可能的实现方式中,该检测单元具体用于:在D2D广播信道上检测该第一TA指示信息。In conjunction with the foregoing possible implementation manner, in an eighth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the detecting unit is specifically configured to: detect the first TA indication information on a D2D broadcast channel.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第五方面的第九种可能的实现方式中,该装置还包括:第二接收单元,用于在该检测单元检测第一TA指示信息之前,接收网络设备发送的第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该第一TA指示信息的传输资源、发射功率和传输方式中的至少一项;该检测单元具体用于根据该第二接收单元接收的该第二指示信息,检测该第一TA指示信息。In conjunction with the foregoing possible implementation manner, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the device further includes: a second receiving unit, configured to receive, by the network device, before the detecting unit detects the first TA indication information a second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate at least one of a transmission resource, a transmission power, and a transmission manner of the first TA indication information, where the detection unit is specifically configured to receive the first The second indication information is used to detect the first TA indication information.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第五方面的第十种可能的实现方式中,该装置为该第一终端设备。In conjunction with the foregoing possible implementation manner, in a tenth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the device is the first terminal device.
第六方面,提供了另一种通信装置,包括:获取单元,用于从网络设备获取第二终端设备的TA值;发送单元,用于向第一终端设备发送第一TA指示信息,其中,该第一TA指示信息用于指示该获取单元获取的TA值。According to a sixth aspect, a communication apparatus is provided, including: an acquiring unit, configured to acquire a TA value of the second terminal device from the network device; and a sending unit, configured to send the first TA indication information to the first terminal device, where The first TA indication information is used to indicate the TA value acquired by the acquiring unit.
在第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,该第一TA指示信息还用于指示该第二终端设备的服务小区。In a first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the first TA indication information is further used to indicate a serving cell of the second terminal device.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第六方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,该装置还包括:第一接收单元,用于在该获取单元从网络设备获取第二终端设备的TA值之前,接收该网络设备发送的第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该第二终端设备为第二类型的终端设备,该第二类型的终端设备为从该网络设备获取TA值的终端设备。In conjunction with the foregoing possible implementation manner, in a second possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the device further includes: a first receiving unit, configured to: before the acquiring unit acquires the TA value of the second terminal device from the network device, And receiving, by the network device, first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the second terminal device is a second type of terminal device, and the second type of terminal device is a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the network device .
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第六方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,该第一接收单元具体用于接收该网络设备在随机接入过程中发送的该第一指示信息。In conjunction with the foregoing possible implementation manner, in a third possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the first receiving unit is configured to receive the first indication information that is sent by the network device in a random access procedure.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第六方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,该装置还包括:检测单元,用于在该获取单元从网络设备获取第二终端设备的TA值之前,在初始接入该网络设备或从睡眠状态切换至连接状态时,检测第二TA指示信息,该第二TA指示信息是由已确定为该第二类型的终端设 备的第三终端设备发送的,并且该第二TA指示信息用于指示该第三终端设备的TA值;确定单元,用于若该检测单元在预设时间段内未检测到该第二TA指示信息,确定该第二终端设备为第二类型的终端设备。In a fourth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the device further includes: a detecting unit, configured to: before the acquiring unit acquires the TA value of the second terminal device from the network device, in the initial Detecting the second TA indication information when accessing the network device or switching from the sleep state to the connection state, where the second TA indication information is determined by the terminal determined to be the second type The third terminal device sends, and the second TA indication information is used to indicate the TA value of the third terminal device; and the determining unit is configured to: if the detecting unit does not detect the second TA within the preset time period And indicating information that the second terminal device is a second type of terminal device.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第六方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,该发送单元具体用于在D2D广播信道上发送该第一TA指示信息。In conjunction with the foregoing possible implementation manner, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the sending unit is specifically configured to send the first TA indication information on a D2D broadcast channel.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第六方面的第六种可能的实现方式中,该装置还包括:第二接收单元,用于在该发送单元向第一终端设备发送第一TA指示信息之前,接收该网络设备发送的第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该第一TA指示信息的传输资源、发射功率和传输方式中的至少一项;该发送单元具体用于根据该第二接收单元接收的该第二指示信息,向该第一终端设备发送该第一TA指示信息。In conjunction with the foregoing possible implementation manner, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the device further includes: a second receiving unit, configured to: before the sending unit sends the first TA indication information to the first terminal device, Receiving, by the network device, the second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate at least one of a transmission resource, a transmission power, and a transmission manner of the first TA indication information; the sending unit is specifically configured to be used according to the second The second indication information received by the receiving unit sends the first TA indication information to the first terminal device.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第六方面的第七种可能的实现方式中,该装置为该第二终端设备。In conjunction with the foregoing possible implementation manner, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the device is the second terminal device.
第七方面,提供了另一种通信装置,包括:确定单元,用于确定TA指示信息的传输资源,其中,该TA指示信息是由第二类型的终端设备向第一类型的终端设备发送的,并且该TA指示信息用于指示该第二类型的终端设备的TA值,该第二类型的终端设备为从网络设备获取TA值的终端设备,该第一类型的终端设备为从该第二类型的终端设备发送的TA指示信息中获取TA值的终端设备;发送单元,用于发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该TA指示信息的传输资源。According to a seventh aspect, there is provided another communication apparatus, comprising: a determining unit, configured to determine a transmission resource of the TA indication information, wherein the TA indication information is sent by the second type of terminal device to the first type of terminal device And the TA indication information is used to indicate a TA value of the second type of terminal device, the second type of terminal device is a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the network device, and the first type of terminal device is from the second A terminal device that obtains a TA value in the TA indication information sent by the terminal device of the type; the sending unit is configured to send the second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the transmission resource of the TA indication information.
在第七方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,该发送单元具体用于以广播形式发送该第二指示信息。In a first possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the sending unit is specifically configured to send the second indication information in a broadcast form.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第七方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,该第二指示信息还用于指示该TA指示信息的发射功率;该确定单元还用于在该发送单元发送第二指示信息之前,根据TA调整粒度,确定该TA指示信息的期望传输距离,并且根据该期望传输距离,确定该TA指示信息的发射功率。In conjunction with the foregoing possible implementation manner, in a second possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the second indication information is further used to indicate a transmit power of the TA indication information, and the determining unit is further configured to send, at the sending unit, Before the two indication information, according to the TA adjustment granularity, the expected transmission distance of the TA indication information is determined, and according to the expected transmission distance, the transmission power of the TA indication information is determined.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第七方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,该确定单元还用于确定第一终端设备为该第一类型的终端设备或该第二类型的终端设备;该发送单元还用于向该第一终端设备发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该确定单元确定的该第一终端设备的类型。 In combination with the foregoing possible implementation manner, in a third possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the determining unit is further configured to determine that the first terminal device is the first type of terminal device or the second type of terminal device; The sending unit is further configured to send the first indication information to the first terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the type of the first terminal device determined by the determining unit.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第七方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,该发送单元具体用于在该第一终端设备的随机接入过程中向该第一终端设备发送该第一指示信息。In combination with the foregoing possible implementation manner, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the sending unit is configured to send the first indication to the first terminal device in a random access process of the first terminal device information.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第七方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,该装置还包括:接收单元,用于接收第二终端设备发送的上行信息;该确定单元还用于根据该接收单元接收到的该上行信息,确定该第二终端设备上行失步;该发送单元还用于向该第二终端设备发送第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示该确定单元确定的该第二终端设备上行失步。In conjunction with the foregoing possible implementation manner, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the device further includes: a receiving unit, configured to receive uplink information sent by the second terminal device; the determining unit is further configured to receive the The uplink information received by the unit determines that the second terminal device is out of synchronization; the sending unit is further configured to send third indication information to the second terminal device, where the third indication information is used to indicate the determining by the determining unit The second terminal device is out of synchronization.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第七方面的第六种可能的实现方式中,该装置为该网络设备。In conjunction with the foregoing possible implementation manner, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the device is the network device.
第八方面,提供了另一种通信装置,包括:确定单元,用于确定第一终端设备为第一类型的终端设备或第二类型的终端设备,其中,该第二类型的终端设备为从网络设备获取TA值的终端设备,该第一类型的终端设备为从检测到的该第二类型的终端设备发送的TA指示信息中获取TA值的终端设备;发送单元,用于发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该确定单元确定的该第一终端设备的类型。The eighth aspect provides another communication device, including: a determining unit, configured to determine that the first terminal device is a first type terminal device or a second type terminal device, wherein the second type terminal device is a slave device a terminal device that acquires a TA value, the terminal device is a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the detected TA indication information sent by the second type of terminal device, and the sending unit is configured to send the first indication And the first indication information is used to indicate the type of the first terminal device determined by the determining unit.
在第八方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,该发送单元具体用于在该第一终端设备的随机接入过程中发送该第一指示信息。In a first possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the sending unit is specifically configured to send the first indication information in a random access procedure of the first terminal device.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第八方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,该装置为该网络设备。In conjunction with the foregoing possible implementation manner, in a second possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the device is the network device.
基于上述技术方案,本发明实施例提供的通信方法和装置,通过第一终端设备检测第二终端设备发送的第一TA指示信息,该第一TA指示信息用于指示第二终端设备的TA值,并且该第一终端设备根据检测到的第一TA指示信息,确定自身的TA值,无需直接与网络设备进行交互,与现有技术中每个终端设备需要通过与网络设备进行交互获取TA值的方式相比,能够减少网络设备的负担和信令开销,降低系统的整体信令开销。The communication method and device provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the first terminal device detects the first TA indication information sent by the second terminal device, where the first TA indication information is used to indicate the TA value of the second terminal device. And the first terminal device determines the TA value of the first terminal device according to the detected first TA indication information, and does not need to directly interact with the network device, and each terminal device in the prior art needs to acquire the TA value by interacting with the network device. Compared with the method, the burden on the network device and the signaling overhead can be reduced, and the overall signaling overhead of the system is reduced.
附图说明DRAWINGS
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例的技术方案,下面将对本发明实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面所描述的附图仅仅是本发明的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付 出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention, the drawings to be used in the embodiments of the present invention or the description of the prior art will be briefly described below. Obviously, the drawings described below are only the present invention. Some embodiments, for those of ordinary skill in the art, do not pay Other drawings can also be obtained from these drawings on the premise of creative labor.
图1是本发明实施例可以应用的通信系统的示意图。1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system to which an embodiment of the present invention can be applied.
图2是图1所示的通信系统中竞争传输单元的示意图。2 is a schematic diagram of a contention transmission unit in the communication system shown in FIG. 1.
图3是本发明实施例提供的通信方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图4是本发明实施例的应用场景的示意图。4 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present invention.
图5是本发明实施例的另一应用场景的示意图。FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another application scenario of an embodiment of the present invention.
图6是本发明实施例提供的另一通信方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图7是本发明实施例提供的另一通信方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图8是本发明实施例提供的另一通信方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图9是本发明实施例提供的另一通信方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图10是本发明实施例提供的另一通信方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图11是本发明实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图。FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图12是本发明实施例提供的另一通信装置的示意性框图。FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of another communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图13是本发明实施例提供的另一通信装置的示意性框图。FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of another communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图14是本发明实施例提供的另一通信装置的示意性框图。FIG. 14 is a schematic block diagram of another communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图15是本发明实施例提供的另一通信装置的示意性框图。FIG. 15 is a schematic block diagram of another communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图16是本发明实施例提供的另一通信装置的示意性框图。FIG. 16 is a schematic block diagram of another communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图17是本发明实施例提供的另一通信装置的示意性框图。FIG. 17 is a schematic block diagram of another communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图18是本发明实施例提供的另一通信装置的示意性框图。FIG. 18 is a schematic block diagram of another communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本发明的一部分实施例,而不是全部实施例。基于本发明中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动的前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都应属于本发明保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention are clearly and completely described in the following with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. It is obvious that the described embodiments are a part of the embodiments of the present invention, but not all embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by those skilled in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts shall fall within the scope of the present invention.
应理解,本发明实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service,GPRS)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(Time  Division Duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access,WiMAX)通信系统、以及未来的5G通信系统等。It should be understood that the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention can be applied to various communication systems, such as a Global System of Mobile communication (GSM) system, a Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) system, and a wideband code. Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, LTE Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) System, LTE time division duplex (Time Division Duplex (TDD), Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX) communication system, and future 5G communication systems.
还应理解,本发明实施例的技术方案还可以应用于各种基于非正交多址接入技术的通信系统,例如稀疏码多址接入(Sparse Code Multiple Access,SCMA)系统,当然SCMA在通信领域也可以被称为其他名称;进一步地,本发明实施例的技术方案可以应用于采用非正交多址接入技术的多载波传输系统,例如采用非正交多址接入技术正交频分复用(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing,OFDM)、滤波器组多载波(Filter Bank Multi-Carrier,FBMC)、通用频分复用(Generalized Frequency Division Multiplexing,GFDM)、滤波正交频分复用(Filtered-OFDM,F-OFDM)系统等。It should also be understood that the technical solution of the embodiments of the present invention can also be applied to various communication systems based on non-orthogonal multiple access technologies, such as a sparse code multiple access (SCMA) system, of course, SCMA is The field of communication may also be referred to as other names; further, the technical solution of the embodiments of the present invention may be applied to a multi-carrier transmission system using non-orthogonal multiple access technology, for example, orthogonal using non-orthogonal multiple access technology Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM), Filter Bank Multi-Carrier (FBMC), Generalized Frequency Division Multiplexing (GFDM), Filtered Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing ( Filtered-OFDM, F-OFDM system, etc.
还应理解,在本发明实施例中,终端设备可以经无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)与一个或多个核心网进行通信,该终端设备可称为接入终端、用户设备(User Equipment,UE)、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。接入终端可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session Initiation Protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)中的终端设备等。It should also be understood that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal device may communicate with one or more core networks via a Radio Access Network (RAN), and the terminal device may be referred to as an access terminal and a user equipment (User Equipment, UE), subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user equipment. The access terminal may be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a Wireless Local Loop (WLL) station, a Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), with wireless communication. Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in future 5G networks, or terminals in the future evolution of the Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN) Equipment, etc.
还应理解,在本发明实施例中,网络设备可用于与终端设备通信,该网络设备可以是GSM系统或CDMA系统中的基站(Base Transceiver Station,BTS),也可以是WCDMA系统中的基站(NodeB,NB),还可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(Evolutional Node B,eNB或eNodeB),或者该网络设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备、未来5G网络中的网络侧设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备等。It should also be understood that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the network device may be used to communicate with the terminal device, and the network device may be a base station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in the GSM system or the CDMA system, or may be a base station in the WCDMA system ( NodeB, NB), may also be an evolved base station (Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in the LTE system, or the network device may be a relay station, an access point, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, or a network in a future 5G network. A side device or a network device in a future evolved PLMN network.
现有的蜂窝通信系统,如GSM、WCDMA、LTE等系统,所支持的通信主要是针对语音和数据通信的。通常来说,一个传统基站支持的连接数有限,也易于实现。 Existing cellular communication systems, such as GSM, WCDMA, LTE, etc., support communications primarily for voice and data communications. In general, a traditional base station supports a limited number of connections and is easy to implement.
下一代移动通信系统将不仅支持传统的通信,还将支持机器到机器(Machine to Machine,M2M)通信,或者叫做机器类通信(Machine Type Communication,MTC)通信。根据预测,到2020年,连接在网络上的MTC设备将会达到500到1000亿,这将远超现在的连接数。对M2M类业务,由于其业务种类千差万别,对网络需求存在很大差异。大致来说,会存在如下几种需求:(I)可靠传输,但对时延不敏感;(II)低延迟,高可靠传输。The next-generation mobile communication system will not only support traditional communication, but also support Machine to Machine (M2M) communication, or Machine Type Communication (MTC) communication. According to forecasts, by 2020, the number of MTC devices connected to the network will reach 500 to 100 billion, which will far exceed the current number of connections. For M2M services, due to the wide variety of services, there is a big difference in network requirements. In general, there are several requirements: (I) reliable transmission, but not sensitive to delay; (II) low latency, high reliability transmission.
对可靠传输、而对时延不敏感的业务,较容易处理。但是,对低延迟、高可靠传输类的业务,不仅要求传输时延短,而且要求可靠,比如交通工具到交通工具(Vehicle to Vehicle,V2V)业务。如果传输不可靠,会导致重传而造成传输时延过大,不能满足要求。It is easier to handle for services that are reliable and not sensitive to latency. However, for low-latency, high-reliability transmission-type services, not only transmission delays but also reliable requirements, such as vehicle to vehicle (V2V) services, are required. If the transmission is unreliable, it will cause retransmission and the transmission delay will be too large to meet the requirements.
由于大量连接的存在,使得未来的无线通信系统和现有的通信系统存在很大差异。大量连接需要消耗更多的资源接入终端设备以及需要消耗更多的资源用于终端设备的数据传输相关的调度信令的传输。Due to the existence of a large number of connections, there is a big difference between future wireless communication systems and existing communication systems. A large number of connections require more resources to access the terminal device and need to consume more resources for the transmission of scheduling signaling related to the data transmission of the terminal device.
图1是本发明实施例可以应用的系统100的架构示意图。该系统100包括网络设备102和位于该网络设备102的覆盖范围以内的多个终端设备104-114,其中,该网络设备102可以分别与该多个终端设备通过无线连接或有线连接或其他方式连接,并且该网络设备102可以支持多个蜂窝载波的同时传输。图1示例性地示出了一个网络设备和六个终端设备,可选地,该系统100可以包括多个网络设备并且每个网络设备的覆盖范围内可以包括其它数量的终端设备,本发明实施例对此不做限定。FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a system 100 to which an embodiment of the present invention can be applied. The system 100 includes a network device 102 and a plurality of terminal devices 104-114 located within the coverage of the network device 102, wherein the network device 102 can be respectively connected to the plurality of terminal devices by wireless connection or wired connection or other means. And the network device 102 can support simultaneous transmission of multiple cellular carriers. FIG. 1 exemplarily shows one network device and six terminal devices. Alternatively, the system 100 may include multiple network devices and may include other numbers of terminal devices within the coverage of each network device. This example does not limit this.
本发明实施例中的网络可以是指PLMN或者D2D网络或者M2M网络或者其他网络,图1只是举例的简化示意图,网络中还可以包括其他网络设备,图1中未予以画出。The network in the embodiment of the present invention may refer to a PLMN or a D2D network or an M2M network or other network. FIG. 1 is only a simplified schematic diagram of an example, and the network may also include other network devices, which are not shown in FIG.
为了解决未来网络大量的MTC类业务,以及满足低时延、高可靠的业务传输,系统100中的网络设备102可以采用免授权(Grant Free)传输方案,该方案可以适用于上行数据传输。在该免授权传输机制中,终端设备无需通过调度请求方式请求网络设备分配传输资源,而是直接竞争资源并进行上行数据的传输,从而可以减少系统信令开销并且降低传输时延。In order to solve a large number of MTC-type services of the network in the future, and to satisfy low-latency, highly reliable service transmission, the network device 102 in the system 100 can adopt a Grant Free transmission scheme, which can be applied to uplink data transmission. In the unlicensed transmission mechanism, the terminal device does not need to request the network device to allocate transmission resources through the scheduling request mode, but directly contends for resources and performs uplink data transmission, thereby reducing system signaling overhead and reducing transmission delay.
免授权传输可以理解为如下含义中的任意一种或多种含义,或者理解为多种含义中的部分技术特征的组合:An unauthorized transfer can be understood as any one or more of the following meanings, or as a combination of some of the various technical meanings:
1、免授权传输可以指:网络设备预先分配并告知终端设备多个传输资 源;终端设备有上行数据传输需求时,从网络设备预先分配的多个传输资源中选择至少一个传输资源,使用所选择的传输资源发送上行数据;网络设备在该预先分配的多个传输资源中的至少一个传输资源上检测终端设备发送的上行数据。该检测可以是盲检测,也可能根据上行数据中某一个控制域进行检测,或者是其他方式进行检测。1. Unauthorized transmission can mean that the network device pre-allocates and informs the terminal device of multiple transmission resources. When the terminal device has an uplink data transmission requirement, at least one transmission resource is selected from a plurality of transmission resources pre-allocated by the network device, and the uplink data is sent by using the selected transmission resource; the network device is in the pre-assigned multiple transmission resources. The uplink data sent by the terminal device is detected on at least one transmission resource. The detection may be blind detection, or may be detected according to one of the control domains in the uplink data, or may be detected by other means.
该盲检测可以理解为在不预知是否有数据到达的情况下,对可能到达的数据进行的检测。该盲检测也可以理解为没有显式的信令指示下的检测。This blind detection can be understood as the detection of data that may arrive without predicting whether or not data has arrived. This blind detection can also be understood as detection without explicit signaling indication.
2、免授权传输可以指:网络设备预先分配并告知终端设备多个传输资源,以使终端设备有上行数据传输需求时,从网络设备预先分配的多个传输资源中选择至少一个传输资源,并使用所选择的传输资源发送上行数据。2. The unlicensed transmission may be: the network device pre-allocates and informs the terminal device of multiple transmission resources, so that when the terminal device has an uplink data transmission requirement, at least one transmission resource is selected from a plurality of transmission resources pre-allocated by the network device, and The uplink data is sent using the selected transmission resource.
3、免授权传输可以指:终端设备获取预先分配的多个传输资源的信息,在有上行数据传输需求时,从该多个传输资源中选择至少一个传输资源,并且使用所选择的传输资源发送上行数据。其中,该终端设备可以通过多种方式获取该多个传输资源的信息,例如,终端设备与传输资源之间的映射关系可以在协议中定义,或者由网络设备通过指令指示,等等。3. The unlicensed transmission may be: the terminal device acquires information of a plurality of pre-assigned transmission resources, and when there is an uplink data transmission requirement, selects at least one transmission resource from the plurality of transmission resources, and sends the selected transmission resource by using the selected transmission resource. Upstream data. The terminal device may obtain information about the multiple transmission resources in multiple manners. For example, the mapping relationship between the terminal device and the transmission resource may be defined in a protocol, or indicated by a network device by an instruction, and the like.
4、免授权传输可以指:不需要网络设备动态调度即可实现终端设备的上行数据传输的方法,该动态调度可以是指终端设备每次进行上行数据传输的传输资源都需要网络设备通过信令进行指示的一种调度方式。可选地,该传输资源可以是终端设备接收到该信令的时刻以后的一个或多个传输时间单位的传输资源。一个传输时间单位可以是指一次传输的最小时间单元,比如传输时间间隔(Transmission Time Interval,TTI),数值可以为1ms,或者可以是预先设定的传输时间单元。可选地,实现终端设备的上行数据传输可以理解为允许两个或两个以上终端设备的数据在相同的时频资源上进行上行数据传输。4. The unlicensed transmission may refer to a method for realizing uplink data transmission of the terminal device without dynamic scheduling of the network device. The dynamic scheduling may refer to that the transmission resource of the terminal device needs to pass the signaling through the network device every time. A scheduling method for indicating. Optionally, the transmission resource may be one or more transmission time units of transmission resources after the time when the terminal device receives the signaling. A transmission time unit may refer to a minimum time unit for one transmission, such as a Transmission Time Interval (TTI), the value may be 1 ms, or may be a preset transmission time unit. Optionally, implementing uplink data transmission of the terminal device may be understood as allowing data of two or more terminal devices to perform uplink data transmission on the same time-frequency resource.
5、免授权传输可以指:终端设备在不需要网络设备授权的情况下进行上行数据传输。该授权可以指终端设备向网络设备发送上行调度请求,网络设备在接收到该调度请求之后,向该终端设备发送上行授权(UL grant),其中该上行授权用于指示为终端设备分配的上行传输资源。5. Unauthorized transmission may refer to: the terminal device performs uplink data transmission without requiring network device authorization. The authorization may be that the terminal device sends an uplink scheduling request to the network device, and after receiving the scheduling request, the network device sends an uplink grant (UL grant) to the terminal device, where the uplink grant is used to indicate the uplink transmission allocated to the terminal device. Resources.
6、免授权传输可以指:一种竞争传输方式,具体地可以指多个终端设备在预先分配的相同的时频资源上同时进行上行数据传输,而无需网络设备进行授权。 6. The unlicensed transmission may be a competitive transmission mode. Specifically, multiple terminal devices may simultaneously perform uplink data transmission on the same time-frequency resources allocated in advance, without requiring network devices to perform authorization.
可选地,上述数据可以为包括业务数据或者信令数据。Optionally, the foregoing data may be included in service data or signaling data.
在免授权传输机制中,传输资源可以包括但不限于如下资源的一种或多种的组合:时域资源,如无线帧、子帧、符号等;频域资源,如子载波、资源块等;空域资源,如发送天线、波束等;码域资源,如稀疏码多址接入(Sparse Code Multiple Access,SCMA)码本组、低密度签名(Low Density Signature,LDS)组、CDMA码组等;上行导频资源。In the unlicensed transmission mechanism, the transmission resources may include, but are not limited to, a combination of one or more of the following resources: time domain resources, such as radio frames, subframes, symbols, etc.; frequency domain resources, such as subcarriers, resource blocks, etc. ; airspace resources, such as transmit antennas, beams, etc.; code domain resources, such as Sparse Code Multiple Access (SCMA) codebook group, Low Density Signature (LDS) group, CDMA code group, etc. Uplink pilot resources.
如上的传输资源可以根据包括但不限于以下控制机制进行传输:上行功率控制,如上行发送功率上限控制等;调制编码方式设置,如传输块大小、码率、调制阶数设置等;重传机制,例如混合自动重传请求(Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request,HARQ)等。The above transmission resources may be transmitted according to, but not limited to, the following control mechanisms: uplink power control, such as uplink transmission power upper limit control, etc.; modulation and coding mode setting, such as transmission block size, code rate, modulation order setting, etc.; retransmission mechanism For example, Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ).
在免授权传输机制中,在时间频率域定义至少一个竞争接入区域(Contention Access Region,CAR),其中,CAR可以指用于免授权传输的时频区域,不同的CAR可以分别对应于不同的时频资源,并且每个CAR可以进一步包括至少一个竞争传输单元(Contention Transmission Unit,CTU),相应地,CAR也可以称为CTU接入区域。CTU可以为免授权传输的基本传输资源单元,CTU可以是时间、频率、码和导频资源中的至少一种资源的组合,例如,CTU可以指由时间、频率和码域资源组合而成的传输资源,或者可以指由时间、频率和导频资源组合而成的传输资源,或者可以指由时间、频率、码域和导频资源组合而成的传输资源,但本发明实施例不限于此。申请号PCT/CN2014/073084、名称为“System and Method for Uplink Grant-free Transmission Scheme”的专利申请给出了一种免授权传输的技术方案,其中,可以将传输资源划分为不同的CTU,每个CTU可以被分配一组码,所分配的一组码可以是一组CDMA码,也可以是SCMA码本集或LDS组或签名组等,并且可选地,每个码可以对应一组导频。In the unlicensed transmission mechanism, at least one contention access zone (CAR) is defined in the time frequency domain, where the CAR can refer to a time-frequency zone for unauthorized transmission, and different CARs can respectively correspond to different Time-frequency resources, and each CAR may further include at least one Contention Transmission Unit (CTU), and accordingly, the CAR may also be referred to as a CTU access area. The CTU may be a basic transmission resource unit of the unlicensed transmission, and the CTU may be a combination of at least one of time, frequency, code, and pilot resources. For example, the CTU may be a combination of time, frequency, and code domain resources. The transmission resource may be a transmission resource composed of a combination of time, frequency, and pilot resources, or may be a transmission resource composed of a combination of time, frequency, code domain, and pilot resources, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto. . Patent Application No. PCT/CN2014/073084, entitled "System and Method for Uplink Grant-free Transmission Scheme", provides a technical solution for grant-free transmission, in which transmission resources can be divided into different CTUs, each The CTUs may be assigned a set of codes, and the assigned set of codes may be a set of CDMA codes, or may be an SCMA codebook set or an LDS group or a signature group, etc., and optionally, each code may correspond to a set of guides. frequency.
终端设备104-114在接入网络设备102之后,可以向网络设备102上报自身的能力信息,其中,该能力信息可以包括用于指示是否具有免授权传输的能力的信息。这样,网络设备102可以根据各个终端设备上报的能力信息,采用免授权传输机制或传统的请求-授权机制与终端设备进行通信。可选地,网络设备102可以通知终端设备进行免授权传输的必要信息,例如该网络设备102可以指示终端设备进行免授权传输,向终端设备发送搜索空间信息、CAR信息、CTU信息、调制编码方式信息,等等,其中,每个终端设备被 映射到一个或多个CTU,该映射规则可以预定义或者由网络设备配置。终端设备可以选择一个码以及与该码对应的导频组中的一个导频进行上行传输,但本发明实施例对此不做限定。After accessing the network device 102, the terminal device 104-114 may report its own capability information to the network device 102, where the capability information may include information indicating whether the device has the capability of unauthorized transmission. In this way, the network device 102 can communicate with the terminal device by using an unlicensed transmission mechanism or a traditional request-authorization mechanism according to the capability information reported by each terminal device. Optionally, the network device 102 can notify the terminal device of the necessary information for the unlicensed transmission. For example, the network device 102 can instruct the terminal device to perform the unlicensed transmission, and send the search space information, the CAR information, the CTU information, and the modulation and coding manner to the terminal device. Information, etc., where each terminal device is Map to one or more CTUs that can be predefined or configured by a network device. The terminal device may select one code and one pilot in the pilot group corresponding to the code for uplink transmission, but the embodiment of the present invention does not limit this.
PCT/CN2014/073084的申请内容也可以理解为通过引用作为本发明实施例内容的一部分,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。The content of the application of PCT/CN2014/073084 is also to be understood as a part of the content of the embodiments of the present invention by way of example.
还应理解,本发明实施例主要应用于图1和图2所示的免授权传输场景,但还可以应用于除图1之外的其它通信系统,本发明实施例对此不做限定。It should be understood that the embodiment of the present invention is mainly applied to the unlicensed transmission scenario shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2, but can also be applied to other communication systems except FIG. 1, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
图2示例性地示出了四个CAR 1002-1008,其中,系统可用带宽被分成了多个不同的时间频率区域,每个CAR占用不同的资源块,其中,可选地,每个CAR占用的资源块的数量可以预定义,例如,CAR 1002占用频带的资源块Resource Block,RB)1-4。如图2所示,每个CAR可以进一步划分成至少一个CTU,其中,每个CTU是特定时间、频率、签名和导频的组合,图2中每个CAR对应相同的CTU映射关系,这里为了说明,从不同的角度分别示出四个CAR的映射关系,但本发明实施例不限于此。如图2所示,每个CAR支持6个签名(S1-S6),每个签名可以对应于6个导频,因此共构成36个导频(P1-P36),对应36个CTU,但本发明实施例不限于此。Figure 2 exemplarily shows four CARs 1002-1008, wherein the system available bandwidth is divided into a plurality of different time frequency regions, each CAR occupies a different resource block, wherein, optionally, each CAR occupancy The number of resource blocks can be predefined, for example, the resource block Resource Block, RB) 1-4 of the CAR 1002 occupied frequency band. As shown in FIG. 2, each CAR may be further divided into at least one CTU, where each CTU is a combination of a specific time, frequency, signature, and pilot. Each CAR in FIG. 2 corresponds to the same CTU mapping relationship, where It is to be noted that the mapping relationship of four CARs is respectively shown from different angles, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto. As shown in FIG. 2, each CAR supports six signatures (S1-S6), and each signature can correspond to six pilots, thus constituting 36 pilots (P1-P36), corresponding to 36 CTUs, but The embodiment of the invention is not limited thereto.
应理解,图2示例性地示出了四个CAR并且每个CAR包括36个CTU,但本发明实施例还可以包括其它数量的CAR并且每个CAR可以包括其它数量的CTU,本发明实施例对此不做限定。It should be understood that FIG. 2 exemplarily shows four CARs and each CAR includes 36 CTUs, but embodiments of the present invention may also include other numbers of CARs and each CAR may include other numbers of CTUs, embodiments of the present invention There is no limit to this.
图3示出了本发明实施例提供的通信方法200。该方法200可以由第一终端设备执行。FIG. 3 shows a communication method 200 provided by an embodiment of the present invention. The method 200 can be performed by a first terminal device.
S210,检测第一TA指示信息,其中,该第一TA指示信息是由第二终端设备发送的,并且该第一TA指示信息用于指示该第二终端设备的TA值。S210. The first TA indication information is detected, where the first TA indication information is sent by the second terminal device, and the first TA indication information is used to indicate the TA value of the second terminal device.
在本发明实施例中,网络中的多个终端设备被分成两种类型,即第一类型的终端设备和第二类型的终端设备,其中,第二类型的终端设备从网络设备获取自身的TA值,并且向第一类型的终端设备以单播、组播或广播方式发送用于指示自身的TA值的TA指示信息。第一类型的终端设备检测第二类型的终端设备发送的TA指示信息,并根据检测到的TA指示信息,确定自身的TA值。In the embodiment of the present invention, a plurality of terminal devices in the network are divided into two types, namely, a first type of terminal device and a second type of terminal device, wherein the second type of terminal device acquires its own TA from the network device. And the TA indication information for indicating the TA value of itself is transmitted to the terminal device of the first type in a unicast, multicast or broadcast manner. The first type of terminal device detects the TA indication information sent by the second type of terminal device, and determines its own TA value according to the detected TA indication information.
该第一终端设备可以确定自己为第一类型的终端设备或第二类型的终端设备。如果该第一终端设备确定自己为第一类型的终端设备,则该第一终 端设备可以监听第二类型的终端设备发送的TA指示信息,其中,该第二终端设备可以为第二类型的终端设备,本发明实施例对此不做限定。The first terminal device may determine that it is a first type of terminal device or a second type of terminal device. If the first terminal device determines that it is the first type of terminal device, the first terminal The terminal device can monitor the TA indication information sent by the terminal device of the second type, where the second terminal device can be the terminal device of the second type, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
可选地,该第一终端设备可以进行盲检测,即该第一终端设备不知道发送端的情况下进行检测,此时,该第一终端设备可以事先并不知道该第二终端设备具体为哪个终端设备,此外,可选地,该第一终端设备可以采用特定传输资源检测第一TA指示信息,例如,在D2D传输资源上持续地或周期性地检测第一TA指示信息。在本发明实施例中,传输资源可以是时间、频率、空间、码和导频中的至少一种资源的组合,该特定传输资源可以预先定义,或者可以从网络设备发送的信令中获取,或者以其它方式获取,本发明实施例对此不做限定。Optionally, the first terminal device can perform blind detection, that is, the first terminal device does not know the sender, and the first terminal device does not know in advance which second terminal device is specifically The terminal device, in addition, optionally, the first terminal device may detect the first TA indication information by using a specific transmission resource, for example, continuously or periodically detecting the first TA indication information on the D2D transmission resource. In the embodiment of the present invention, the transmission resource may be a combination of at least one of time, frequency, space, code, and pilot. The specific transmission resource may be predefined or may be obtained from signaling sent by the network device. Or, the method is not limited to the embodiment of the present invention.
S220,根据检测到的第一TA指示信息,确定该第一终端设备的TA值。S220. Determine, according to the detected first TA indication information, a TA value of the first terminal device.
如果该第一终端设备检测到第二类型的某一个终端设备(即第二终端设备)发送的第一TA指示信息,则该第一终端设备可以根据检测到的第一TA指示信息,确定自身的TA值,其中,检测到第一TA指示信息可以表示成功接收该第一TA指示信息,但本发明实施例不限于此。具体地,如果该第一终端设备之前已经获取到TA值并且取得与网络设备之间的上行同步,则该第一终端设备可以根据该检测到的第一TA指示信息,更新该第一终端设备的TA值;如果该第一终端设备之前未获取到任何TA值,则可以将该第一终端设备当前的TA值确定为该检测到的第一TA指示信息所指示的TA值,并通过该TA值获得与网络设备之间的上行同步,但本发明实施例不限于此。If the first terminal device detects the first TA indication information sent by the second terminal device (ie, the second terminal device), the first terminal device may determine, according to the detected first TA indication information, The TA value, wherein detecting the first TA indication information may indicate that the first TA indication information is successfully received, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto. Specifically, if the first terminal device has previously acquired the TA value and obtains uplink synchronization with the network device, the first terminal device may update the first terminal device according to the detected first TA indication information. If the first terminal device does not obtain any TA value before, the current TA value of the first terminal device may be determined as the TA value indicated by the detected first TA indication information, and the The TA value obtains uplink synchronization with the network device, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
因此,本发明实施例提供的通信方法,通过第一终端设备检测第二终端设备发送的第一TA指示信息,其中,该第一TA指示信息用于指示第二终端设备的TA值,并且该第一终端设备根据检测到的第一TA指示信息,确定自身的TA值,无需直接与网络设备进行交互,与现有技术中每个终端设备需要通过与网络设备进行交互获取TA值的方式相比,能够减少网络设备的负担和信令开销,降低系统的整体信令开销。Therefore, the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention detects the first TA indication information sent by the second terminal device by using the first terminal device, where the first TA indication information is used to indicate the TA value of the second terminal device, and the The first terminal device determines the TA value of the first TA according to the detected first TA indication information, and does not need to directly interact with the network device, and each terminal device in the prior art needs to obtain a TA value by interacting with the network device. Compared, it can reduce the burden of network equipment and signaling overhead, and reduce the overall signaling overhead of the system.
在本发明实施例中,第二类型的终端设备可以通过与网络设备之间的信令交互获得自身的TA值。作为一个可选实施例,该第二类型的终端设备可以通过闭环方式从网络设备获得自身的TA值,例如,该第二类型的终端设备向网络设备发送上行信息,该网络设备可以通过对该上行信息进行测量,获得该终端设备与该网络设备之间的上行同步偏差,并且向该终端设备发送 TA命令,其中,该TA命令用于指示该终端设备的TA值,具体地,该TA命令可以包括该终端设备当前的TA值、TA值的调整量、或TA值的调整步数,等等,但本发明实施例不限于此。In the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal device of the second type can obtain its own TA value by signaling interaction with the network device. As an optional embodiment, the second type of terminal device may obtain its own TA value from the network device in a closed loop manner, for example, the second type of terminal device sends uplink information to the network device, and the network device may pass the The uplink information is measured, and an uplink synchronization deviation between the terminal device and the network device is obtained, and is sent to the terminal device. a TA command, where the TA command is used to indicate a TA value of the terminal device. Specifically, the TA command may include a current TA value of the terminal device, an adjustment amount of the TA value, or an adjustment step of the TA value, and the like. However, embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto.
第一类型的终端设备无需直接与网络设备交互,而是从第二类型的终端设备获取自身的TA值,因此,与现有技术中每个终端设备均需要通过与网络设备之间的直接交互获得自身的TA值相比,本发明实施例可以降低网络设备的负担和信令开销。此外,在本发明实施例中,该第一类型的终端设备可以以开环方式获取自身的TA值,与现有技术中的终端设备以闭环方式获取自身的TA值相比,可以进一步降低系统的信令开销。The first type of terminal device does not need to directly interact with the network device, but acquires its own TA value from the second type of terminal device. Therefore, each terminal device in the prior art needs to directly interact with the network device. Compared with obtaining the TA value of the device, the embodiment of the present invention can reduce the burden and signaling overhead of the network device. In addition, in the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal device of the first type can obtain its own TA value in an open loop manner, and can further reduce the system compared with the TA value obtained by the terminal device in the prior art in a closed loop manner. Signaling overhead.
为了便于描述,以下描述中将第一类型的终端设备简称为粗TA设备,将第二类型的终端设备简称为精TA设备,但本发明实施例不限于此名称。For convenience of description, in the following description, the terminal device of the first type is simply referred to as a coarse TA device, and the terminal device of the second type is simply referred to as a fine TA device, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited to this name.
作为一个可选实施例,S220,根据检测到的第一TA指示信息,确定该第一终端设备的TA值,包括:As an optional embodiment, S220, determining, according to the detected first TA indication information, the TA value of the first terminal device, including:
将该检测到的第一TA指示信息所指示的TA值确定为该第一终端设备的TA值。The TA value indicated by the detected first TA indication information is determined as the TA value of the first terminal device.
可选地,该第一终端设备也可以通过其它方式确定自身的TA值,例如,该第一终端设备可以对该检测到的第一TA指示信息所指示的TA值进行运算,比如加上一个调整量,获得自身的TA值,本发明实施例对此不做限定。Optionally, the first terminal device may also determine its own TA value by using other methods. For example, the first terminal device may perform operation on the TA value indicated by the detected first TA indication information, for example, adding one. The amount of the adjustment is obtained, and the TA value of the self is obtained, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
如图4所示,网络设备可以为多个终端设备提供服务,其中,该多个终端设备中的至少一个终端设备可以为精TA设备,其余终端设备为粗TA设备。图4示例性地示出了三个精TA设备:终端A、终端B和终端C,其中,这三个精TA设备可以通过与该网络设备之间进行信令交互,获得自身当前的TA值,并且广播用于指示自身当前的TA值的TA指示信息。粗TA设备可以通过监听TA指示信息,获得自身当前的TA值。例如,位于终端A的广播范围内的粗TA设备可以接收该终端A发送的TA指示信息,并且可选地将该接收到的TA指示信息所指示的TA值确定为自身当前的TA值,这样,该终端A与位于终端A的广播范围内的粗TA设备可以使用相同的TA值,但本发明实施例不限于此。As shown in FIG. 4, the network device may provide services for multiple terminal devices, where at least one of the multiple terminal devices may be a fine TA device, and the remaining terminal devices are coarse TA devices. FIG. 4 exemplarily shows three fine TA devices: terminal A, terminal B, and terminal C, wherein the three fine TA devices can obtain their own current TA value by performing signaling interaction with the network device. And broadcast TA indication information indicating its current TA value. The coarse TA device can obtain its current TA value by listening to the TA indication information. For example, the coarse TA device located in the broadcast range of the terminal A may receive the TA indication information sent by the terminal A, and optionally determine the TA value indicated by the received TA indication information as its current TA value, such that The terminal A and the coarse TA device located in the broadcast range of the terminal A may use the same TA value, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
可选地,如果一个终端设备不位于该网络设备服务的任何一个精TA设备的广播范围内,例如,终端D位于终端A、终端B和终端C的广播范围之外,则该终端设备无法监听到TA指示信息,此时,虽然终端D为粗TA 设备,但终端D仍可以通过与网络设备之间的信令交互,获得自身的TA值,但本发明实施例不限于此。Optionally, if a terminal device is not located in the broadcast range of any one of the fine TA devices served by the network device, for example, the terminal D is located outside the broadcast range of the terminal A, the terminal B, and the terminal C, the terminal device cannot monitor To TA indication information, at this time, although terminal D is a thick TA The device, but the terminal D can still obtain its own TA value through signaling interaction with the network device, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
可选地,作为另一个可选实施例,如果一个粗TA设备同时位于至少两个精TA设备的广播范围之内,例如,终端E同时位于终端B和终端C的广播范围之内,因此可能会监听到终端B和终端C发送的TA指示信息,此时,终端E可以从监听到的两个TA指示信息中确定目标TA指示信息,并根据该目标TA指示信息确定自身当前的TA值。可选地,终端E可以将这两个TA指示信息中的任意一个TA指示信息确定为目标TA指示信息,或者终端E可以对监听到的这两个TA指示信息进行解码处理,并且将解码成功的TA指示信息确定为目标TA指示信息。可选地,如果终端E监听到的这两个TA指示信息均解码成功,则该终端E可以将其中任意一个TA指示信息或者将接收功率较大的TA指示信息确定为目标TA指示信息,本发明实施例对此不做限定。可选地,如果终端E监听到的这两个TA指示信息之间产生干扰,导致终端E无法正确解码其中任何一个TA指示信息,则终端E可以通过与网络设备之间进行信令交互,获得自身当前的TA值,但本发明实施例不限于此。Optionally, as another optional embodiment, if a coarse TA device is located in the broadcast range of at least two fine TA devices at the same time, for example, the terminal E is located within the broadcast range of the terminal B and the terminal C, The terminal indication information sent by the terminal B and the terminal C is monitored. At this time, the terminal E can determine the target TA indication information from the two monitored TA indication information, and determine the current TA value according to the target TA indication information. Optionally, the terminal E may determine any one of the two TA indication information as the target TA indication information, or the terminal E may perform decoding processing on the two monitored TA indication information, and the decoding is successful. The TA indication information is determined as the target TA indication information. Alternatively, if the two TA indication information monitored by the terminal E are successfully decoded, the terminal E may determine any one of the TA indication information or the TA indication information with a large received power as the target TA indication information. The embodiment of the invention does not limit this. Optionally, if the interference between the two TA indication information monitored by the terminal E causes the terminal E to correctly decode any one of the TA indication information, the terminal E may obtain the signaling interaction with the network device. The current TA value of the self, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
在本发明实施例中,精TA设备可以周期性或触发性地发送TA指示信息,并且精TA设备可以以单播、组播或广播方式发送TA指示信息,此外,该精TA设备可以通过D2D方式发送该TA指示信息,例如,精TA设备可以在物理旁路广播信道(Physical Sidelink Broadcast Channel,PSBCH)或其它D2D广播信道上发送该TA指示信息,但本发明实施例不限于此。该TA指示信息可以用于指示该精TA设备当前的TA值,其中,该TA指示信息可以显性或隐性地指示该精TA设备当前的TA值,例如,该TA指示信息可以包括该精TA设备当前的TA值或者包括该精TA设备的TA值的调整信息,例如,包括该精TA设备当前的TA值相对于上一个TA值或参考值的变化量或变化步数,但本发明实施例不限于此。此外,精TA设备发送TA指示信息时采用的传输资源、发射功率和传输方式(例如调制编码方式、采用天线数量等)中的一种或多种可以预先定义,或者由网络设备通过信令指示,本发明实施例对此不做限定。In the embodiment of the present invention, the fine TA device may periodically or triggerably send the TA indication information, and the fine TA device may send the TA indication information in a unicast, multicast, or broadcast manner, and further, the fine TA device may pass the D2D. The manner in which the TA indication information is sent, for example, the fine TA device may send the TA indication information on a Physical Sidelink Broadcast Channel (PSBCH) or other D2D broadcast channel, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto. The TA indication information may be used to indicate a current TA value of the fine TA device, where the TA indication information may indicate the current TA value of the fine TA device explicitly or implicitly, for example, the TA indication information may include the fine The current TA value of the TA device or the adjustment information including the TA value of the fine TA device, for example, including the change amount or the change step of the current TA value of the fine TA device with respect to the previous TA value or the reference value, but the present invention The embodiment is not limited to this. In addition, one or more of the transmission resource, the transmission power, and the transmission mode (eg, modulation and coding mode, number of adopted antennas, and the like) used by the fine TA device to transmit the TA indication information may be predefined, or indicated by the network device by signaling. This embodiment of the present invention does not limit this.
在本发明实施例中,该第一终端设备可以周期性或持续性地检测精TA设备发送的TA指示信息,此外,可选地,S210,检测TA第一指示信息, 包括:在D2D广播信道上检测该第一TA指示信息。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first terminal device may periodically or continuously detect the TA indication information sent by the fine TA device, and further, optionally, S210, detect the first indication information of the TA, The method includes: detecting the first TA indication information on a D2D broadcast channel.
在本发明实施中,第一终端设备可以通过多种方式确定自己的类型为第一类型或第二类型。例如,该第一终端设备的类型可以预先定义,例如,由该第一终端设备是否具有作为精TA设备的能力确定,或者该第一终端设备的类型可以由网络设备配置,或者,该第一终端设备的类型可以由该第一终端设备在特定时长的时间段内是否能够检测到第二类型的终端设备发送的TA指示信息确定,本发明实施例对此不做限定。作为一个可选实施例,在S210之前,该方法200包括:In the implementation of the present invention, the first terminal device can determine its type as the first type or the second type in various manners. For example, the type of the first terminal device may be predefined, for example, determined by whether the first terminal device has the capability as a fine TA device, or the type of the first terminal device may be configured by the network device, or the first The type of the terminal device may be determined by whether the first terminal device can detect the TA indication information sent by the terminal device of the second type in a certain period of time, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention. As an alternative embodiment, prior to S210, the method 200 includes:
接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该第一终端设备为第一类型的终端设备,其中,该第一类型的终端设备为从第二类型的终端设备发送的TA指示信息中获取TA值的终端设备,该第二类型的终端设备为从该网络设备获取TA值的终端设备。And receiving the first indication information that is sent by the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device is a terminal device of the first type, where the terminal device of the first type is sent from the terminal device of the second type The TA indicates the terminal device that obtains the TA value in the information, and the terminal device of the second type is the terminal device that acquires the TA value from the network device.
此时,该第一终端设备可以根据该第一指示信息确定自己为第一类型的终端设备,即确定该第一终端设备为粗TA设备。该网络设备可以通过单播方式向该第一终端设备发送第一指示信息,或者该网络设备可以向属于第一类型的多个终端设备组播该第一指示信息,或者可以在网内广播该第一指示信息。此外,该网络设备可以在该第一终端设备初始与该网络设备建立连接的过程中或建立连接之后向该第一终端设备发送该第一指示信息,本发明实施例对此不做限定。作为一个可选实施例,该接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,包括:接收该网络设备在随机接入过程中发送的该第一指示信息。At this time, the first terminal device may determine, according to the first indication information, that it is a terminal device of the first type, that is, determine that the first terminal device is a coarse TA device. The network device may send the first indication information to the first terminal device in a unicast manner, or the network device may multicast the first indication information to multiple terminal devices belonging to the first type, or may broadcast the First indication information. In addition, the network device may send the first indication information to the first terminal device in the process of establishing a connection between the first terminal device and the network device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention. As an optional embodiment, the first indication information sent by the receiving network device includes: receiving the first indication information that is sent by the network device in a random access procedure.
例如,该第一指示信息可以携带在随机接入响应中,此时,该第一指示信息还可以进一步用于指示该第一终端设备的初始TA值,但本发明实施例不限于此。表1示出了随机接入响应的一个示例性格式,其中,该随机接入响应可以包括保留字段、类型指示字段和定时提前命令(Timing Advance Command,TAC)字段,其中,该类型指示字段可以用于指示终端设备的类型,TAC字段用于指示TA值。可选地,该类型指示字段可以占用1个比特位,其中,该比特位的值置为1表示终端设备为第二类型的终端设备,而该比特位的值置为0表示终端设备为第一类型的终端设备;或者反之。可选地,作为另一实施例,也可以只有在终端设备为第一类型的终端设备或第二类型的终端设备时,该随机接入响应才携带该类型指示字段,本发明实施例不限于此。 For example, the first indication information may be carried in the random access response. In this case, the first indication information may be further used to indicate the initial TA value of the first terminal device, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto. Table 1 shows an exemplary format of a random access response, wherein the random access response may include a reserved field, a type indication field, and a Timing Advance Command (TAC) field, wherein the type indication field may Used to indicate the type of terminal device, and the TAC field is used to indicate the TA value. Optionally, the type indication field may occupy 1 bit, where the value of the bit is set to 1 to indicate that the terminal device is the second type of terminal device, and the value of the bit is set to 0, indicating that the terminal device is the first One type of terminal device; or vice versa. Optionally, in another embodiment, the random access response carries the type indication field only when the terminal device is the terminal device of the first type or the terminal device of the second type, and the embodiment of the present invention is not limited to this.
应理解,表1仅用于示例性的说明,并不能构成对本发明实施例的限定。例如,表1示出了该类型指示字段紧邻于保留字段之后,但该类型指示字段也可以位于该随机接入响应的其它位置,并且该类型指示字段占用一个或多个比特位。可选地,该随机接入响应还可以包括其它字段,例如,进一步包括用于指示终端设备的标识的字段,本发明实施例不限于此。It should be understood that Table 1 is for illustrative purposes only and is not to be construed as limiting the embodiments of the invention. For example, Table 1 shows that the type indication field is immediately after the reserved field, but the type indication field may also be located elsewhere in the random access response, and the type indication field occupies one or more bits. Optionally, the random access response may further include other fields, for example, further including a field for indicating an identifier of the terminal device, where the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
表1随机接入响应的示例格式Table 1 Example format of random access response
保留Reserved 类型指示Type indication 定时提前命令Timing advance command
可选地,如果由网络设备指示第一终端设备的类型,则该第一终端设备的类型可以基本保持不变。例如,当该第一终端设备在上行失步之后重新获得与该网络设备之间的上行同步,或者该第一终端设备由睡眠状态恢复至连接状态时,该第一终端设备的类型可以保持不变,但本发明实施例并不排除某些特定条件下该第一终端设备的类型可以改变的情况。Optionally, if the type of the first terminal device is indicated by the network device, the type of the first terminal device may remain substantially unchanged. For example, when the first terminal device regains uplink synchronization with the network device after uplink out-of-synchronization, or the first terminal device returns from the sleep state to the connected state, the type of the first terminal device may remain unchanged. The embodiment of the present invention does not exclude the case where the type of the first terminal device can be changed under certain specific conditions.
作为另一个可选实施例,该方法200还包括:若该第一终端设备上行失步,从该网络设备获取该第一终端设备的TA值。可选地,在该第一终端设备从网络设备获取TA值之后,该第一终端设备还可以继续检测该第一TA指示信息。具体地,该第一终端设备可以继续检测该第二类型的终端设备发送的TA指示信息,其中,这里的检测可以是盲检测,即该第一终端设备在不知道发送端的情况下进行检测,并且该第一终端设备在继续检测的过程中检测到的第一TA指示信息所指示的TA值可以不同于S220中检测到的第一TA指示信息所指示的TA值,本发明实施例对此不做限定。As another optional embodiment, the method 200 further includes: if the first terminal device is out of synchronization, obtaining a TA value of the first terminal device from the network device. Optionally, after the first terminal device acquires the TA value from the network device, the first terminal device may further continue to detect the first TA indication information. Specifically, the first terminal device may continue to detect the TA indication information sent by the second type of terminal device, where the detection may be blind detection, that is, the first terminal device performs detection without knowing the sending end, And the TA value indicated by the first TA indication information detected by the first terminal device in the process of continuing to detect may be different from the TA value indicated by the first TA indication information detected in S220, which is used by the embodiment of the present invention. Not limited.
具体地,当该第一终端设备上行失步时,可以通过与该网络设备之间进行信令交互,重新获得与该网络设备之间的上行同步,例如通过闭环方式获得TA值。在重新获得上行同步之后,该第一终端设备可以仍为粗TA设备,继续检测第二类型的终端设备发送的TA指示信息,并根据检测到的TA指示信息,调整自身的TA值,但本发明实施例不限于此。Specifically, when the first terminal device is out of synchronization, the uplink synchronization with the network device may be regained by performing signaling interaction with the network device, for example, obtaining a TA value by using a closed loop manner. After re-acquiring the uplink synchronization, the first terminal device may still be a coarse TA device, continue to detect the TA indication information sent by the second type of terminal device, and adjust its own TA value according to the detected TA indication information, but The embodiment of the invention is not limited thereto.
作为另一个可选实施例,该第一终端设备还可以通过确定周围是否存在精TA设备来确定自己的类型。相应地,在S210之前,该方法200包括:As another optional embodiment, the first terminal device may also determine its own type by determining whether there is a fine TA device around. Accordingly, prior to S210, the method 200 includes:
在初始接入该网络设备或从睡眠状态切换至连接状态时,检测第二TA指示信息,该第二TA指示信息是由已确定为第二类型的终端设备的第三终 端设备发送的,并且该第二TA指示信息用于指示该第三终端设备的TA值;Detecting a second TA indication information when initially accessing the network device or switching from a sleep state to a connection state, the second TA indication information being a third terminal determined by the second type of terminal device And sent by the terminal device, and the second TA indication information is used to indicate a TA value of the third terminal device;
若在预设时间段内检测到该第二TA指示信息,确定该第一终端设备为第一类型的终端设备。If the second TA indication information is detected within the preset time period, it is determined that the first terminal device is the first type of terminal device.
该第一终端设备可以确定第二类型的终端设备发送TA指示信息的配置,并根据该配置检测第二类型的终端设备发送的TA指示信息,其中,该配置可以预先定义,或者由网络设备预先配置,本发明实施例对此不做限定。该第三终端设备已经确定为属于第二类型,其中,该第三终端设备可以为不同于该第一终端设备的任意终端设备,并且该第三终端设备可以与该第二终端设备为相同或不同的终端设备。可选地,这里的检测可以为盲检测,即该第一终端设备在事先不知道该第三终端设备具体为哪个终端设备的情况下进行检测,但本发明实施例不限于此。The first terminal device may determine a configuration of the second type of terminal device to send the TA indication information, and detect the TA indication information sent by the second type of terminal device according to the configuration, where the configuration may be predefined or pre-defined by the network device The configuration of the present invention is not limited thereto. The third terminal device has been determined to belong to the second type, wherein the third terminal device may be any terminal device different from the first terminal device, and the third terminal device may be the same as the second terminal device or Different terminal devices. Optionally, the detection here may be a blind detection, that is, the first terminal device performs the detection without knowing which terminal device the third terminal device is specifically, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
具体地,该第一终端设备可以在需要确定自身的类型时,例如,初始接入该网络设备或从睡眠状态切换至连接状态,可以开启定时器,并且开始检测第二类型的终端设备发送的TA指示信息,其中,该定时器的时长(即预设时间段的长度)可以预先定义,或者由网络设备通过信令指示。如果该第一终端设备在定时器超时前检测到第二类型的终端设备发送的TA指示信息,表明该第一终端设备位于某个精TA设备的广播范围之内,则该第一终端设备可以根据该精TA设备的TA值确定自身的TA值而无需与该网络设备直接进行交互,此时,该第一终端设备可以确定自身为第一类型的终端设备,即该第一终端设备为粗TA设备,并且该第一终端设备可以继续检测精TA设备发送的TA指示信息。可选地,如果该第一终端设备在定时器超时时仍未检测到任何精TA设备发送的TA指示信息,则表明该第一终端设备并不位于任何一个精TA设备的广播范围内,此时,该第一终端设备可以确定自身为第二类型的终端设备,即该第一终端设备为精TA设备,并且该第一终端设备可以从网络设备获取自身的TA值,但本发明实施例不限于此。Specifically, when the first terminal device needs to determine its own type, for example, initially accessing the network device or switching from the sleep state to the connected state, the first terminal device may start a timer and start detecting the second type of terminal device sending. The TA indicates information, wherein the duration of the timer (ie, the length of the preset time period) may be predefined or indicated by the network device by signaling. If the first terminal device detects the TA indication information sent by the second type of terminal device before the timer expires, indicating that the first terminal device is located within the broadcast range of a certain fine TA device, the first terminal device may Determining the TA value of the device based on the TA value of the device, without the need to directly interact with the network device. In this case, the first terminal device can determine that it is the terminal device of the first type, that is, the first terminal device is thick. The TA device, and the first terminal device can continue to detect the TA indication information sent by the fine TA device. Optionally, if the first terminal device does not detect the TA indication information sent by any fine TA device when the timer expires, it indicates that the first terminal device is not located in the broadcast range of any one of the fine TA devices, The first terminal device may determine that it is a second type of terminal device, that is, the first terminal device is a fine TA device, and the first terminal device may obtain its own TA value from the network device, but the embodiment of the present invention Not limited to this.
该第一终端设备可以仅在初始接入网络设备之后执行上述流程确定自身的类型,并且该类型在确定之后可以一直保持不变;或者,该第一终端设备也可以在接入网络设备之后周期性地或触发性地执行上述流程以确定自身的类型。例如,如果该第一终端设备由睡眠状态(不接收消息)恢复至连接状态,则该第一终端设备可以执行上述流程来确定自身的类型;或者,如果该第一终端设备上行失步,则可以执行上述流程来确定自身的类型,等等, 但本发明实施例不限于此。The first terminal device may perform the foregoing process to determine its own type only after initially accessing the network device, and the type may remain unchanged after the determining; or the first terminal device may also cycle after accessing the network device. The above process is performed sexually or in a triggered manner to determine the type of itself. For example, if the first terminal device is restored to the connected state by the sleep state (not receiving the message), the first terminal device may perform the above process to determine the type of itself; or, if the first terminal device goes out of synchronization, You can perform the above process to determine the type of itself, and so on, However, embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto.
可选地,如果该第一终端设备在第一时刻确定自己为第一类型的终端设备,并且在随后的第二时刻需要重新确定自己的类型,例如,在从睡眠状态切换至连接状态或者上行失步时,该第一终端设备可以重新执行上述检测第二TA指示信息并确定是否在特定时长的第二时间段内检测到该第二TA指示信息的过程;如果该第一终端设备在第二时间段内检测到第二TA指示信息,则该第一终端设备仍为第一类型的终端设备;而如果该第一终端设备在第二时间段内未检测到第二TA指示信息,则该第一终端设备由第一类型的终端设备变为第二类型的终端设备,此时,该第一终端设备的类型是可变的,但本发明实施例对此不做限定。Optionally, if the first terminal device determines that it is the first type of terminal device at the first moment, and needs to re-determine its own type at the second time, for example, switching from the sleeping state to the connected state or uplink When the step is out of synchronization, the first terminal device may re-execute the foregoing process of detecting the second TA indication information and determining whether the second TA indication information is detected within a second time period of a specific duration; if the first terminal device is in the first If the second TA indication information is detected in the second time period, the first terminal device is still the first type of terminal device; and if the first terminal device does not detect the second TA indication information in the second time period, The first terminal device is changed from the first type of terminal device to the second type of terminal device. In this case, the type of the first terminal device is variable, but the embodiment of the present invention does not limit this.
作为另一个可选实施例,该方法200还包括:若该第一终端设备上行失步,从该网络设备获取该第一终端设备的TA值。可选地,在从该网络设备获取TA值之后,该第一终端设备可以仍为第一类型的终端设备,或者可以确定该第一终端设备由该第一类型的终端设备变为第二类型的终端设备,或者该网络设备可以重新确定该第一终端设备的类型并通知该第一终端设备,或者该第一终端设备可以重新执行上述TA指示信息的检测过程而确定自己的类型,本发明实施例对此不做限定。As another optional embodiment, the method 200 further includes: if the first terminal device is out of synchronization, obtaining a TA value of the first terminal device from the network device. Optionally, after acquiring the TA value from the network device, the first terminal device may still be the first type of terminal device, or may determine that the first terminal device is changed from the first type of terminal device to the second type. Terminal device, or the network device may re-determine the type of the first terminal device and notify the first terminal device, or the first terminal device may re-execute the detection process of the TA indication information to determine its own type, the present invention The embodiment does not limit this.
在本发明实施例中,该第一终端设备可以通过多种方式确定上行失步。可选地,该第一终端设备可以自行确定上行失步,例如,该第一终端设备可以在获取到初始的TA值或者调整自身的TA值之后重置时间对齐定时器,并且确定在该时间对齐定时器超时前确定是否获取到TA调整信息,如果未获取到TA调整信息,则确定该第一终端设备上行失步。可选地,作为另一实施例,该第一终端设备可以接收该网络设备发送的第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示该第一终端设备上行失步,并根据该第三指示信息确定上行失步。例如,网络设备可以对该第一终端设备发送的上行信息(例如上行数据或者解调参考信号等参考信号)进行测量,以确定该第一终端设备与该网络设备之间的上行同步偏差。如果该上行同步偏差超出最大允许范围,则该网络设备确定该第一终端设备上行失步,并且通过显性或隐性方式通知该第一终端设备,但本发明实施例不限于此。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first terminal device may determine the uplink out-of-synchronization in multiple manners. Optionally, the first terminal device may determine the uplink out-of-synchronization by itself. For example, the first terminal device may reset the time alignment timer after acquiring the initial TA value or adjusting its own TA value, and determining at the time. Before the timer expires, it is determined whether the TA adjustment information is obtained. If the TA adjustment information is not obtained, it is determined that the first terminal device is out of synchronization. Optionally, in another embodiment, the first terminal device may receive the third indication information that is sent by the network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device is out of synchronization, and according to the third indication. The information determines the upstream out of step. For example, the network device may measure uplink information (such as uplink data or a reference signal such as a demodulation reference signal) sent by the first terminal device to determine an uplink synchronization deviation between the first terminal device and the network device. If the uplink synchronization deviation exceeds the maximum allowable range, the network device determines that the first terminal device is out of synchronization, and notifies the first terminal device by explicit or implicit manner, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
在本发明实施例中,该第一终端设备检测该第二TA指示信息和/或第一TA指示信息的传输资源可以预先定义,或者在检测该第二TA指示信息和/ 或第一TA指示信息之前,该第一终端设备还可以接收网络设备发送的第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该第二TA指示信息和/或第一TA指示信息的传输资源,相应地,该第一终端设备可以采用该传输资源检测该第二TA指示信息和/或第一TA指示信息。该第一终端设备可以在随机接入过程中或接入该网络设备之后接收该第二指示信息,并且该第二指示信息与该第一指示信息可以在相同或不同的消息中发送,本发明实施例对此不做限定。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first terminal device detects that the second TA indication information and/or the transmission resource of the first TA indication information may be predefined, or detects the second TA indication information and/or Before the first TA indication information, the first terminal device may further receive the second indication information that is sent by the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the transmission resource of the second TA indication information and/or the first TA indication information. Correspondingly, the first terminal device may detect the second TA indication information and/or the first TA indication information by using the transmission resource. The first terminal device may receive the second indication information in a random access process or after accessing the network device, and the second indication information and the first indication information may be sent in the same or different messages, the present invention The embodiment does not limit this.
作为一个可选实施例,在S210之前,该方法200还包括:As an optional embodiment, before S210, the method 200 further includes:
接收网络设备发送的第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该第一TA指示信息的传输资源、发射功率和传输方式中的至少一项;Receiving, by the network device, second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate at least one of a transmission resource, a transmission power, and a transmission manner of the first TA indication information;
相应地,S210,检测第一TA指示信息,包括:根据该第二指示信息,检测该第一TA指示信息。Correspondingly, in S210, detecting the first TA indication information includes: detecting, according to the second indication information, the first TA indication information.
具体地,该第一终端设备可以采用该第二指示信息指示的的传输资源检测该第一TA指示信息,其中,该传输资源可以包括时间、频率、空间、码和导频中的至少一种资源,此外,该第一终端设备还可以按照该第二指示信息指示的发射功率和传输方式中的至少一项,检测该第一TA指示信息,但本发明实施例不限于此。可选地,该第二指示信息还可以进一步用于指示该第一TA指示信息的其他配置,本发明实施例不限于此。可选地,该第一TA指示信息和该第二TA指示信息可以具有相同的配置,或者,该第一TA指示信息和该第二TA指示信息具有不同的配置,并且该第二指示信息可以进一步用于指示该第二TA指示信息的配置,例如传输资源、发射功率、传输方式或者定时器的长度(即预设时间段的长度),等等,但本发明实施例不限于此。Specifically, the first terminal device may detect the first TA indication information by using the transmission resource indicated by the second indication information, where the transmission resource may include at least one of time, frequency, space, code, and pilot. The first terminal device may further detect the first TA indication information according to at least one of a transmission power and a transmission mode indicated by the second indication information, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto. Optionally, the second indication information is further used to indicate other configurations of the first TA indication information, and the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto. Optionally, the first TA indication information and the second TA indication information may have the same configuration, or the first TA indication information and the second TA indication information have different configurations, and the second indication information may be Further, the configuration of the second TA indication information, such as the transmission resource, the transmission power, the transmission mode, or the length of the timer (that is, the length of the preset time period), and the like, are not limited thereto.
在本发明实施例中,精TA设备发送TA指示信息时采用的发射功率(以下简称TA广播功率)可以由标准规定,也可由网络设备预先配置。TA广播功率的设置可以考虑以下因素:一方面,TA广播功率可以尽可能大,以覆盖更多的粗TA设备,从而尽可能减轻网络设备在维护TA方面的负担和开销;另一方面,TA广播功率需要使得位于TA指示信息的传输距离内的粗TA设备可以使用相同的TA值进行上行同步,即TA广播功率需要满足TA调整粒度的要求。具体地,以LTE标准中的TA精度为例,TA调整的粒度为16Ts,其中Ts为系统采样间隔,由此可知LTE系统的TA调整粒度约为0.52μs,对应信号传输距离约为78米。这说明在LTE系统中,78米范围内 的终端设备可以使用相同的TA值。因此,LTE系统中的精TA设备可以控制TA广播功率,使得TA指示信息的传输距离小于78米。类似地,GSM系统中的精TA设备可以根据GSM系统的TA调整粒度,控制TA广播功率,以使得精TA设备发送的TA指示信息的传输距离在550米以内。可选地,在本发明实施例中,确定TA广播功率时还可以考虑其他因素,本发明实施例对此不做限定。In the embodiment of the present invention, the transmit power (hereinafter referred to as the TA broadcast power) used when the TA device sends the TA indication information may be specified by the standard, or may be pre-configured by the network device. The setting of the TA broadcast power can consider the following factors: On the one hand, the TA broadcast power can be as large as possible to cover more coarse TA devices, thereby minimizing the burden and overhead of the network device in maintaining the TA; on the other hand, TA The broadcast power needs to be such that the coarse TA device located within the transmission distance of the TA indication information can perform uplink synchronization using the same TA value, that is, the TA broadcast power needs to meet the requirement of the TA adjustment granularity. Specifically, taking the TA accuracy in the LTE standard as an example, the TA adjustment granularity is 16T s , where T s is the system sampling interval, so that the TA adjustment granularity of the LTE system is about 0.52 μs, and the corresponding signal transmission distance is about 78. Meter. This means that in the LTE system, terminal devices within 78 meters can use the same TA value. Therefore, the fine TA device in the LTE system can control the TA broadcast power such that the transmission distance of the TA indication information is less than 78 meters. Similarly, the fine TA device in the GSM system can control the TA broadcast power according to the TA adjustment granularity of the GSM system, so that the transmission distance of the TA indication information transmitted by the fine TA device is within 550 meters. Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, other factors may be considered when determining the broadcast power of the TA, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
作为一个可选实施例,该第二指示信息可以携带在系统信息块(System Information Block,SIB)2中。下面示出了SIB2的一个示例性结构,其中,在SIB2的radioResourceConfigCommonSIB字段中新增sidelinkPowerControlCommon字段,该TA指示信息的功率控制信息携带在该新增的sidelinkPowerControlCommon中。可选地,SIB2还可以具有其它格式,并且该功率控制信息也可以携带在SIB2的其它字段中,本发明实施例对此不做限定。As an optional embodiment, the second indication information may be carried in a System Information Block (SIB) 2. An exemplary structure of SIB2 is shown below, in which a sidelinkPowerControlCommon field is added in the radioResourceConfigCommonSIB field of SIB2, and the power control information of the TA indication information is carried in the newly added sidelinkPowerControlCommon. Optionally, the SIB2 may also have other formats, and the power control information may also be carried in other fields of the SIB2, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
Figure PCTCN2015081958-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2015081958-appb-000001
其中,SidelinkPowerControlCommon字段可以具有以下格式:Among them, the SidelinkPowerControlCommon field can have the following format:
SidelinkPowerControlCommon::=SEQUENCE{SidelinkPowerControlCommon::=SEQUENCE{
p0-NominalPSBCH INTEGER(-126..24),p0-NominalPSBCH INTEGER(-126..24),
}}
其中,字段p0-NominalPSBCH INTEGER携带功率控制信息,但本发明实施例不限于此。The field p0-NominalPSBCH INTEGER carries power control information, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
图5示出了位于小区边缘的终端设备的场景。如图5所示,终端a和b 处于小区A和小区B的边缘,并且驻留在小区B中。驻留在小区A中的终端d以及驻留在小区B中的终端e为精TA设备,其余终端为粗TA设备。终端a位于终端d的广播范围的边缘并且位于终端e的广播范围之外,因此终端a可以接收到终端d广播的TA指示信息,但无法收到终端e广播的TA指示信息。终端b位于终端d和终端e的广播范围的重叠区域之内,因此终端b既可以接收到终端d广播的TA指示信息,也可以接收到终端e广播的TA指示信息。此时,终端a和b可能会使用驻留在小区A内的精TA设备发送的TA指示信息来建立与网络设备B之间的上行同步而造成上行同步失败。Figure 5 shows a scenario of a terminal device located at the edge of a cell. As shown in Figure 5, terminals a and b At the edge of cell A and cell B, and reside in cell B. The terminal d residing in the cell A and the terminal e residing in the cell B are fine TA devices, and the remaining terminals are coarse TA devices. The terminal a is located at the edge of the broadcast range of the terminal d and is located outside the broadcast range of the terminal e. Therefore, the terminal a can receive the TA indication information broadcast by the terminal d, but cannot receive the TA indication information broadcast by the terminal e. The terminal b is located in the overlapping area of the broadcast range of the terminal d and the terminal e. Therefore, the terminal b can receive the TA indication information broadcast by the terminal d or the TA indication information broadcast by the terminal e. At this time, the terminals a and b may use the TA indication information sent by the fine TA device residing in the cell A to establish uplink synchronization with the network device B to cause uplink synchronization failure.
为了避免上述情形的发生,可选地,在终端设备初始接入小区B时,网络设备B可以在随机接入过程中告知终端设备本小区中的精TA设备发送TA指示信息所采用的传输资源。此外,多个小区可以进行联合调度,以使得每个小区中的TA指示信息占用不同的传输资源。这样,终端设备可以采用与该驻留小区对应的传输资源(例如时频资源)检测TA指示信息。作为另一个可选实施例,精TA设备广播的TA指示信息还可以用于指示该TA值对应的小区标识。此时,粗TA设备在接收到某个精TA设备发送的TA指示信息之后,可以对该接收到的TA指示信息进行解码,以获得该TA指示信息所指示的小区标识,并且确定该小区标识所对应的小区是否为该粗TA设备的当前驻留小区,如果是,则可以使用该TA指示信息所指示的TA值完成与网络设备的上行同步,否则,该粗TA设备可以丢弃该TA指示信息,但本发明实施例不限于此。In order to avoid the occurrence of the foregoing situation, optionally, when the terminal device initially accesses the cell B, the network device B may notify the terminal device in the random access process of the transmission resource used by the fine TA device in the local cell to send the TA indication information. . In addition, multiple cells may perform joint scheduling such that the TA indication information in each cell occupies different transmission resources. In this way, the terminal device can detect the TA indication information by using a transmission resource (for example, a time-frequency resource) corresponding to the resident cell. As another optional embodiment, the TA indication information broadcast by the fine TA device may also be used to indicate a cell identifier corresponding to the TA value. At this time, after receiving the TA indication information sent by a certain fine TA device, the coarse TA device may decode the received TA indication information to obtain a cell identifier indicated by the TA indication information, and determine the cell identifier. Whether the corresponding cell is the current camping cell of the coarse TA device, and if yes, the uplink value of the network device may be completed by using the TA value indicated by the TA indication information; otherwise, the coarse TA device may discard the TA indication. Information, but the embodiment of the invention is not limited thereto.
可选地,该第一TA指示信息还用于指示该第二终端设备的服务小区,即指示该TA值对应的小区,相应地,S220,根据检测到的第一TA指示信息,确定该第一终端设备的TA值,包括:Optionally, the first TA indication information is further used to indicate a serving cell of the second terminal device, that is, a cell corresponding to the TA value, and correspondingly, S220, determining, according to the detected first TA indication information, the first The TA value of a terminal device, including:
若该第一终端设备当前的服务小区与该第一TA指示信息所指示的服务小区相同,根据检测到的第一TA指示信息,确定该第一终端设备的TA值。If the current serving cell of the first terminal device is the same as the serving cell indicated by the first TA indication information, determining the TA value of the first terminal device according to the detected first TA indication information.
此时,该第一TA指示信息可以用于指示第二终端设备的TA值以及该TA值对应的小区,例如,该第一TA指示信息包括该TA值对应的小区的标识,可选地,该第一TA指示信息还可以包括其它信息,但本发明实施例不限于此。In this case, the first TA indication information may be used to indicate a TA value of the second terminal device and a cell corresponding to the TA value. For example, the first TA indication information includes an identifier of a cell corresponding to the TA value, optionally, The first TA indication information may further include other information, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
该第一终端设备可以确定该检测到的第一TA指示信息中所指示的小区 是否为该第一终端设备的当前服务小区,如果是,则该第一终端设备可以根据该检测到的第一TA指示信息,确定自身的TA值;如果否,则该第一终端设备可以丢弃该第一TA指示信息,但本发明实施例不限于此。这样,可以避免图5中的终端a或b采用终端d发送的TA指示信息与网络设备B进行上行同步而造成的上行同步失败。The first terminal device may determine the cell indicated by the detected first TA indication information. Whether it is the current serving cell of the first terminal device, if yes, the first terminal device may determine its own TA value according to the detected first TA indication information; if not, the first terminal device may discard The first TA indicates information, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto. In this way, it is possible to prevent the terminal a or b in FIG. 5 from using the TA indication information sent by the terminal d to perform uplink synchronization failure with the network device B for uplink synchronization failure.
因此,本发明实施例提供的通信方法,通过第一终端设备检测第二终端设备发送的第一TA指示信息,其中,该第一TA指示信息用于指示第二终端设备的TA值,并且该第一终端设备根据检测到的第一TA指示信息,确定自身的TA值,无需直接与网络设备进行交互,与现有技术中每个终端设备需要通过与网络设备进行交互获取TA值的方式相比,能够减少网络设备的负担和信令开销,降低系统的整体信令开销。Therefore, the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention detects the first TA indication information sent by the second terminal device by using the first terminal device, where the first TA indication information is used to indicate the TA value of the second terminal device, and the The first terminal device determines the TA value of the first TA according to the detected first TA indication information, and does not need to directly interact with the network device, and each terminal device in the prior art needs to obtain a TA value by interacting with the network device. Compared, it can reduce the burden of network equipment and signaling overhead, and reduce the overall signaling overhead of the system.
图6示出了本发明另一实施例提供的通信方法300。该方法300可以由第二终端设备执行。FIG. 6 shows a communication method 300 provided by another embodiment of the present invention. The method 300 can be performed by a second terminal device.
S310,从网络设备获取该第二终端设备的TA值。S310. Acquire a TA value of the second terminal device from the network device.
该第二终端设备可以在确定自己为第二类型的终端设备时,从网络设备获取自身的TA值。可选地,该第二终端设备可以通过闭环方式从网络设备获取TA值,但本发明实施例不限于此。The second terminal device may acquire its own TA value from the network device when determining that it is the second type of terminal device. Optionally, the second terminal device may obtain the TA value from the network device in a closed loop manner, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
S320,向第一终端设备发送第一TA指示信息,其中,该第一TA指示信息用于指示该第二终端设备的TA值。S320. The first TA indication information is sent to the first terminal device, where the first TA indication information is used to indicate a TA value of the second terminal device.
该第一终端设备为第一类型的终端设备,可选地,该第二终端设备可以以单播方式向该第一终端设备发送该第一TA指示信息,或者可以以组播方式向第一类型的至少一个终端设备发送该第一TA指示信息,或者可以以广播方式发送该第一TA指示信息,本发明实施例不限于此。The first terminal device is a first type of terminal device. Optionally, the second terminal device may send the first TA indication information to the first terminal device in a unicast manner, or may be first to the multicast mode. The at least one terminal device of the type sends the first TA indication information, or the first TA indication information may be sent in a broadcast manner, and the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
因此,本发明实施例提供的通信方法,通过第二终端设备从网络设备获取自身的TA值,并且向第一终端设备发送用于指示自身TA值的第一TA指示信息,以使得该第一终端设备可以根据该第一TA指示信息,确定自身的TA值,无需直接与网络设备进行交互,与现有技术中每个终端设备需要通过与网络设备进行交互获取TA值的方式相比,能够减少网络设备的负担和信令开销,降低系统的整体信令开销。Therefore, the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention acquires its own TA value from the network device by using the second terminal device, and sends a first TA indication information indicating the TA value of the self to the first terminal device, so that the first The terminal device can determine the value of the TA according to the first TA indication information, and does not need to directly interact with the network device. Compared with the manner in which each terminal device in the prior art needs to obtain the TA value by interacting with the network device, Reduce the burden on network equipment and signaling overhead, and reduce the overall signaling overhead of the system.
可选地,该第一TA指示信息还用于指示该第二终端设备的服务小区。Optionally, the first TA indication information is further used to indicate a serving cell of the second terminal device.
此时,该第一TA指示信息可以包括该第二终端设备的服务小区的信息, 并且用于指示该第二终端设备与该服务小区维持上行同步的TA值,以使得该第一终端设备可以根据该第一指示信息所指示的TA值,与该第一指示信息所指示的服务小区进行上行同步。可选地,在接收到第一TA指示信息之后,可以确定该第一TA指示信息指示的小区是否与该第一终端设备当前的服务小区相同,如果是,则根据该第一指示信息所指示的TA值,确定自身的TA值,但本发明实施例不限于此。At this time, the first TA indication information may include information about a serving cell of the second terminal device, And a TA value for indicating that the second terminal device maintains uplink synchronization with the serving cell, so that the first terminal device can use the TA value indicated by the first indication information and the service indicated by the first indication information. The cell performs uplink synchronization. Optionally, after receiving the first TA indication information, determining whether the cell indicated by the first TA indication information is the same as the current serving cell of the first terminal device, and if yes, indicating according to the first indication information The TA value determines the TA value of itself, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
在本发明实施例中,该第二终端设备可以通过多种方式确定自身的类型。可选地,在S310之前,该方法300还包括:In the embodiment of the present invention, the second terminal device can determine its type in various manners. Optionally, before S310, the method 300 further includes:
接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该第二终端设备为第二类型的终端设备,该第二类型的终端设备从该网络设备获取TA值。The first indication information sent by the network device is received, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the second terminal device is a second type of terminal device, and the second type of terminal device obtains a TA value from the network device.
该第二终端设备可以根据该第一指示信息,确定自身为第二类型的终端设备,可选地,该第一指示信息还可以进一步用于指示该第二终端设备的TA值,相应地,该第二终端设备可以根据该第一指示信息确定自身的TA值。可选地,该第一指示信息可以显性或隐性地指示该第二终端设备为第二类型的终端设备,此外,该网络设备可以在该第二终端设备的随机接入过程中或随机接入之后,向该第二终端设备发送该第一指示信息。可选地,该接收该网络设备发送的第一指示信息,包括:接收该网络设备在随机接入过程中发送的该第一指示信息。The second terminal device may determine, according to the first indication information, that it is a second type of terminal device. Optionally, the first indication information may further be used to indicate a TA value of the second terminal device, and correspondingly, The second terminal device may determine its own TA value according to the first indication information. Optionally, the first indication information may be explicit or implicitly indicating that the second terminal device is a second type of terminal device, and further, the network device may be in a random access process of the second terminal device or randomly After the access, the first indication information is sent to the second terminal device. Optionally, the receiving the first indication information sent by the network device includes: receiving the first indication information that is sent by the network device in a random access procedure.
例如,该第二终端设备可以接收该网络设备发送的随机接入响应,该随机接入响应携带该第一指示信息,但本发明实施例不限于此。For example, the second terminal device may receive the random access response sent by the network device, and the random access response carries the first indication information, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
作为另一个可选实施例,在S310之前,该方法300还包括:As another alternative embodiment, before S310, the method 300 further includes:
在初始接入该网络设备或从睡眠状态切换至连接状态时,检测第二TA指示信息,该第二TA指示信息是由已确定为第二类型的终端设备的第三终端设备发送的,并且该第二TA指示信息用于指示该第三终端设备的TA值;Detecting, when initially accessing the network device or switching from the sleep state to the connected state, the second TA indication information is sent by the third terminal device that has been determined to be the second type of terminal device, and The second TA indication information is used to indicate a TA value of the third terminal device;
若在预设时间段内未检测到该第二TA指示信息,确定该第二终端设备为第二类型的终端设备。If the second TA indication information is not detected within the preset time period, determining that the second terminal device is the second type of terminal device.
该第二终端设备可以开启定时器,并且开始检测第二类型的终端设备发送的TA指示信息,其中,该定时器的时长(即预设时间段的长度)可以预先定义,或者由网络设备通过信令指示。如果该第二终端设备在定时器超时时未检测到第二类型的终端设备发送的TA指示信息,表明该第二终端设备的周围不存在其他精TA设备,该第二终端设备可以确定自身为第二类型的 终端设备,即该第二终端设备为精TA设备。可选地,该第二终端设备可以进行盲检测,即在事先不知道该第三终端设备具体为哪个终端设备的情况下进行检测。该第二TA指示信息的配置可以预先定义,或者由网络设备预先配置。可选地,在检测该第二TA指示信息之前,该第二终端设备还可以接收网络设备发送的第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示第二类型的终端设备发送TA指示信息的配置,例如传输资源、发射功率和传输方式中的至少一种,或者还可以进一步包括上述定时器的时长,其中,该传输资源可以包括时间、频率、空间、码和导频中的至少一种资源,相应地,该第二终端设备可以采用该第二指示信息指示的配置检测该第二TA指示信息,但本发明实施例不限于此。The second terminal device can start the timer and start detecting the TA indication information sent by the terminal device of the second type, where the duration of the timer (that is, the length of the preset time period) can be predefined or passed by the network device. Signaling indication. If the second terminal device does not detect the TA indication information sent by the terminal device of the second type when the timer expires, indicating that there is no other fine TA device around the second terminal device, the second terminal device may determine that it is Second type The terminal device, that is, the second terminal device is a fine TA device. Optionally, the second terminal device can perform blind detection, that is, if the terminal device is not known in advance, which terminal device is specifically known. The configuration of the second TA indication information may be predefined or pre-configured by the network device. Optionally, before detecting the second TA indication information, the second terminal device may further receive second indication information that is sent by the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the second type of terminal device sends the TA indication information. Configuring, for example, at least one of a transmission resource, a transmission power, and a transmission mode, or may further include a duration of the foregoing timer, where the transmission resource may include at least one of time, frequency, space, code, and pilot The second terminal device may detect the second TA indication information by using the configuration indicated by the second indication information, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
该第二终端设备可以仅在初始接入网络设备之后执行上述流程确定自身的类型,并且该类型在确定之后可以一直保持不变;或者,该第二终端设备也可以在接入网络设备之后周期性地或触发性地执行上述流程以确定自身的类型。例如,如果该第二终端设备由睡眠状态恢复至连接状态,则该第二终端设备可以执行上述流程来确定自身的类型;或者,如果该第二终端设备上行失步,则可以执行上述流程来确定自身的类型,等等,但本发明实施例不限于此。The second terminal device may perform the foregoing process to determine its type only after initially accessing the network device, and the type may remain unchanged after the determining; or the second terminal device may also cycle after accessing the network device. The above process is performed sexually or in a triggered manner to determine the type of itself. For example, if the second terminal device is restored from the sleep state to the connected state, the second terminal device may perform the foregoing process to determine its own type; or, if the second terminal device is out of synchronization, the foregoing process may be performed. The type of itself is determined, and the like, but the embodiment of the invention is not limited thereto.
可选地,如果该第二终端设备在第一时刻确定自己为第二类型的终端设备,并且在随后的第二时刻需要重新确定自己的类型,例如,在从睡眠状态切换至连接状态或者上行失步时,该第二终端设备可以重新执行上述检测第二TA指示信息并确定是否在特定时长的第二时间段内检测到该第二TA指示信息的过程;如果该第二终端设备在第二时间段内未检测到第二TA指示信息,则该第二终端设备仍为第二类型的终端设备;而如果该第二终端设备在第二时间段内检测到第二TA指示信息,则该第二终端设备由第二类型的终端设备变为第一类型的终端设备,此时,该第二终端设备的类型是可变的,但本发明实施例对此不做限定。Optionally, if the second terminal device determines that it is the second type of terminal device at the first moment, and needs to re-determine its own type at the second time, for example, switching from the sleeping state to the connected state or uplink When the step is out of synchronization, the second terminal device may re-execute the foregoing process of detecting the second TA indication information and determining whether the second TA indication information is detected within a second time period of the specific duration; if the second terminal device is in the If the second TA indication information is not detected in the second time period, the second terminal device is still the second type of terminal device; and if the second terminal device detects the second TA indication information in the second time period, The second terminal device is changed from the second type of terminal device to the first type of terminal device. In this case, the type of the second terminal device is variable, but the embodiment of the present invention does not limit this.
在本发明实施例中,该第二终端设备可以通过多种方式发送该第一TA指示信息。可选地,S320,向第一终端设备发送第一TA指示信息,包括:在D2D广播信道上发送该第一TA指示信息。In the embodiment of the present invention, the second terminal device may send the first TA indication information in multiple manners. Optionally, the sending, by the S320, the first TA indication information to the first terminal device, including: sending the first TA indication information on the D2D broadcast channel.
该第二终端设备可以以D2D方式发送该第一TA指示信息,例如,该第二终端设备可以在PSBCH或其它D2D广播信道上发送该第一TA指示信息, 但本发明实施例不限于此。The second terminal device may send the first TA indication information in a D2D manner. For example, the second terminal device may send the first TA indication information on a PSBCH or other D2D broadcast channel. However, embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto.
此外,该第二终端设备可以周期性地发送该第一TA指示信息,其中,发送周期可以预先定义或由网络设备预先配置,或者该第二终端设备可以触发性地发送该第一TA指示信息,例如,该第二终端设备可以在自身的TA值调整时发送该第一TA指示信息,但本发明实施例不限于此。In addition, the second terminal device may periodically send the first TA indication information, where the sending period may be predefined or pre-configured by the network device, or the second terminal device may trigger the first TA indication information. For example, the second terminal device may send the first TA indication information when its own TA value is adjusted, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
该第二终端设备发送该第一TA指示信息的配置可以预先定义或者由网络设备指示。作为一个可选实施例,在S320之前,该方法300还包括:The configuration in which the second terminal device sends the first TA indication information may be predefined or indicated by the network device. As an optional embodiment, before S320, the method 300 further includes:
接收网络设备发送的第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该第一TA指示信息的传输资源、发射功率和传输方式中的至少一项;Receiving, by the network device, second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate at least one of a transmission resource, a transmission power, and a transmission manner of the first TA indication information;
相应地,S320,向第一终端设备发送第一TA指示信息,包括:Correspondingly, the S320 sends the first TA indication information to the first terminal device, including:
根据该第二指示信息,向第一终端设备发送第一TA指示信息。And transmitting the first TA indication information to the first terminal device according to the second indication information.
该第二终端设备可以采用该第二指示信息所指示的传输资源、发射功率和传输方式中的至少一项,向该第一终端设备发送第一TA指示信息。The second terminal device may send the first TA indication information to the first terminal device by using at least one of a transmission resource, a transmission power, and a transmission manner indicated by the second indication information.
在本发明实施例中,精TA设备在发送TA指示信息之前可以执行以下处理过程:In the embodiment of the present invention, the fine TA device may perform the following processing before sending the TA indication information:
(1)加扰(1) Scrambling
对于待传输信息比特序列b(0),...,b(Mb-1),其中,Mb表示TA指示信息中包括的比特个数。精TA设备可以采用序列c(i)对其进行加扰,得到加扰后的比特序列
Figure PCTCN2015081958-appb-000002
其中,
Figure PCTCN2015081958-appb-000003
For the information bit sequence b(0), ..., b(M b -1) to be transmitted, where M b represents the number of bits included in the TA indication information. The fine TA device can scramble the sequence c(i) to obtain the scrambled bit sequence.
Figure PCTCN2015081958-appb-000002
among them,
Figure PCTCN2015081958-appb-000003
(2)调制(2) Modulation
精TA设备对扰码后的比特序列
Figure PCTCN2015081958-appb-000004
进行调制,得到复值调制符号序列d(0),...,d(Ms-1),其中Ms为复值符号序列包括的复值符号的个数。可选地,如果精TA设备在物理旁路广播信道(Physical Sidelink Broadcast Channel,PSBCH)上发送TA指示信息,则可以采用正交相移键控(Quadrature Phase Shift Keying,QPSK)调制方式进行调制,但本发明实施例对此不做限定。
Fine TA device pair bit sequence after scrambling
Figure PCTCN2015081958-appb-000004
Modulation is performed to obtain a complex-valued modulation symbol sequence d(0), ..., d(M s -1), where M s is the number of complex-valued symbols included in the complex-valued symbol sequence. Optionally, if the fine TA device sends the TA indication information on the Physical Sidelink Broadcast Channel (PSBCH), the Quadrature Phase Shift Keying (QPSK) modulation method may be used for modulation. However, this embodiment of the present invention does not limit this.
(3)层映射以及预编码(3) Layer mapping and precoding
对调制符号序列d(0),...,d(Ms-1)进行层映射,获得符号序列x(i)=[x(0)(i)...x(v-1)(i)]T,其中,v表示层数,i=0,1,…,
Figure PCTCN2015081958-appb-000005
是每层映射的调整符号的数目。
Layer mapping the modulation symbol sequences d(0),...,d(M s -1) to obtain the symbol sequence x(i)=[x (0) (i)...x (v-1) ( i)] T , where v is the number of layers, i=0, 1, ...,
Figure PCTCN2015081958-appb-000005
Is the number of adjustment symbols for each layer of mapping.
具体地,如果使用一个天线端口发射TA指示信息,则v=1,
Figure PCTCN2015081958-appb-000006
映射准则具体为x(0)(i)=d(i)。
Specifically, if an antenna port is used to transmit the TA indication information, then v=1,
Figure PCTCN2015081958-appb-000006
The mapping criterion is specifically x (0) (i) = d (i).
如果使用传输分集,则v等于终端设备的用于传输物理信道的天线端口数P,其映射准则可以如表2所示。If transmission diversity is used, then v is equal to the number of antenna ports P of the terminal device used to transmit the physical channel, and the mapping criteria can be as shown in Table 2.
表2传输分集模式下对调制符号进行层映射的示例Table 2 Example of layer mapping modulation symbols in transmission diversity mode
Figure PCTCN2015081958-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2015081958-appb-000007
随后,可以对符号序列x(i)=[x(0)(i)...x(v-1)(i)]T进行预编码,获得向量y(i)=[...y(p)(i)...]T
Figure PCTCN2015081958-appb-000008
Subsequently, the symbol sequence x(i)=[x (0) (i)...x (v-1) (i)] T can be precoded to obtain the vector y(i)=[...y ( p) (i)...] T ,
Figure PCTCN2015081958-appb-000008
具体地,如果采用一个天线端口发送,输出向量y(p)(i)=x(0)(i),其中,p为用于物理信道传输的天线端口号。Specifically, if an antenna port is used for transmission, the output vector y (p) (i) = x (0) (i), where p is the antenna port number used for physical channel transmission.
如果采用传输分集模式,则在使用两个天线端口:端口0和1时,输出向量y(i)=[y(0)(i)y(1)(i)]T,其中,输出向量可以由下式获得:If the transmit diversity mode is used, the output vector y(i)=[y (0) (i)y (1) (i)] T is used when two antenna ports are used: ports 0 and 1, where the output vector can Obtained by:
Figure PCTCN2015081958-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2015081958-appb-000009
在使用四个天线端口:端口0-3时,输出向量y(i)=[y(0)(i)y(1)(i)y(2)(i)y(3)(i)]T,或者也可以使用其他数量的天线端口或传输模式,本发明实施例不限于此。When using four antenna ports: port 0-3, the output vector y(i)=[y (0) (i)y (1) (i)y (2) (i)y (3) (i)] T , or other numbers of antenna ports or transmission modes may be used, and embodiments of the present invention are not limited thereto.
(4)将预编码输出向量y(i)=[...y(p)(i)...]T映射到传输资源块上。(4) Map the precoding output vector y(i)=[...y (p) (i)...] T onto the transmission resource block.
因此,本发明实施例提供的通信方法,通过第二终端设备从网络设备获取自身的TA值,并且向第一终端设备发送用于指示自身TA值的第一TA指示信息,以使得该第一终端设备可以根据该第一TA指示信息,确定自身的TA值,无需直接与网络设备进行交互,与现有技术中每个终端设备需要通 过与网络设备进行交互获取TA值的方式相比,能够减少网络设备的负担和信令开销,降低系统的整体信令开销。Therefore, the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention acquires its own TA value from the network device by using the second terminal device, and sends a first TA indication information indicating the TA value of the self to the first terminal device, so that the first The terminal device can determine its own TA value according to the first TA indication information, and does not need to directly interact with the network device, and each terminal device needs to pass through the prior art. Compared with the manner in which the network device interacts to obtain the TA value, the burden on the network device and the signaling overhead can be reduced, and the overall signaling overhead of the system is reduced.
图7示出了本发明另一实施例提供的通信方法400。该方法400可以由网络设备执行。FIG. 7 illustrates a communication method 400 provided by another embodiment of the present invention. The method 400 can be performed by a network device.
S410,确定TA指示信息的传输资源,其中,该TA指示信息是由第二类型的终端设备向第一类型的终端设备发送的,并且该第二类型的终端设备发送的TA指示信息用于指示该第二类型的终端设备的TA值。S410. Determine a transmission resource of the TA indication information, where the TA indication information is sent by the second type of terminal device to the first type of terminal device, and the TA indication information sent by the second type of terminal device is used to indicate The TA value of the second type of terminal device.
在本发明实施例中,第一类型的终端设备对应于粗TA设备,第二类型的终端设备对应于精TA设备,其中,精TA设备从网络设备获取自身的TA值,并且发送用于指示自身的TA值的TA指示信息。粗TA设备可以检测TA指示信息,并根据检测到的TA指示信息所指示的TA值,确定自身的TA值,例如,将检测到的TA指示信息所指示的TA值确定为自身的TA值。In the embodiment of the present invention, the first type of terminal device corresponds to the coarse TA device, and the second type of terminal device corresponds to the fine TA device, wherein the fine TA device acquires its own TA value from the network device, and sends the indication The TA indication information of its own TA value. The coarse TA device may detect the TA indication information, and determine its own TA value according to the TA value indicated by the detected TA indication information, for example, determine the TA value indicated by the detected TA indication information as its own TA value.
可选地,该TA指示信息还可以用于指示该第二类型的终端设备所属管辖区域,比如服务小区的小区标识(cell ID),但本发明实施例不限于此。Optionally, the TA indication information may also be used to indicate the jurisdiction of the second type of the terminal device, such as the cell ID of the serving cell, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
S420,发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该TA指示信息的传输资源。S420: Send second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate a transmission resource of the TA indication information.
该网络设备可以向服务的部分或所有用户设备发送该第二指示信息,例如,该网络设备可以向至少一个终端设备发送该第二指示信息,其中,该至少一个终端设备可以包括至少一个精TA设备和/或至少一个粗TA设备。此外,该网络设备可以以单播、组播或广播方式发送该第二指示信息,例如,该网络设备可以广播该第二指示信息,但本发明实施例不限于此。The network device may send the second indication information to some or all user equipments of the service, for example, the network device may send the second indication information to the at least one terminal device, where the at least one terminal device may include at least one fine TA Equipment and / or at least one coarse TA device. In addition, the network device may send the second indication information in a unicast, multicast, or broadcast manner. For example, the network device may broadcast the second indication information, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
可选地,上述传输资源是可以为网络设备管辖范围内的所有终端设备发送或接收TA指示信息所用的传输资源,即网络设备管辖范围内的终端设备无论是第一类型的终端设备还是第二类型的终端设备都采用同样的确定的传输资源进行TA指示信息的发送或者接收。可选地,该第二指示信息还可以用于指示该网络设备管辖的范围,例如,该第二指示信息包括该网络设备控制的小区的小区标识(Cell ID),但本发明实施例不限于此。Optionally, the foregoing transmission resource is a transmission resource that can be used for sending or receiving the TA indication information for all terminal devices within the jurisdiction of the network device, that is, the terminal device in the jurisdiction of the network device is the first type of terminal device or the second. The terminal devices of the type all use the same determined transmission resource to transmit or receive the TA indication information. Optionally, the second indication information is further used to indicate a range that is stipulated by the network device. For example, the second indication information includes a cell identifier (Cell ID) of the cell controlled by the network device, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto. this.
因此,本发明实施例提供的通信方法,通过网络设备发送用于指示TA指示信息的传输资源的第二指示信息,使得第二类型的终端设备根据该传输资源发送TA指示信息,第一类型的终端设备根据该传输资源监测TA指示信息,并且可以根据检测到的TA指示信息,确定自身的TA值,无需直接 与网络设备进行交互,与现有技术中每个终端设备需要通过与网络设备进行交互获取TA值的方式相比,能够减少网络设备的负担和信令开销,降低系统的整体信令开销。Therefore, the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention sends the second indication information for indicating the transmission resource of the TA indication information by the network device, so that the terminal device of the second type sends the TA indication information according to the transmission resource, the first type of The terminal device monitors the TA indication information according to the transmission resource, and can determine its own TA value according to the detected TA indication information, without directly The interaction with the network device can reduce the burden and signaling overhead of the network device and reduce the overall signaling overhead of the system, as compared with the manner in which each terminal device in the prior art needs to obtain the TA value by interacting with the network device.
可选地,该第二指示信息还可以进一步用于指示该TA指示信息的发射功率和传输方式中的至少一种。该网络设备可以通过多种方式确定该TA指示信息的发射功率。作为一个可选实施例,在S420之前,该方法400还包括:Optionally, the second indication information is further used to indicate at least one of a transmit power and a transmission manner of the TA indication information. The network device can determine the transmit power of the TA indication information in a plurality of manners. As an alternative embodiment, prior to S420, the method 400 further includes:
根据TA调整粒度,确定该TA指示信息的期望传输距离;Determining a desired transmission distance of the TA indication information according to the TA adjustment granularity;
根据该期望传输距离,确定该TA指示信息的发射功率。The transmit power of the TA indication information is determined according to the expected transmission distance.
该TA指示信息的期望传输距离对应于该TA指示信息的期望覆盖范围,该网络设备可以根据该期望覆盖范围确定该TA指示信息的发射功率,以使得该位于该TA指示信息的覆盖范围内的多个终端设备可以采用同一个TA值保持与网络设备的上行同步,但本发明实施例不限于此。The expected transmission distance of the TA indication information corresponds to a desired coverage of the TA indication information, and the network device may determine, according to the expected coverage, a transmit power of the TA indication information, so that the coverage of the TA indication information is within the coverage of the TA indication information. A plurality of terminal devices may maintain uplink synchronization with the network device by using the same TA value, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
作为另一个可选实施例,该网络设备还可以配置终端设备的类型。相应地,该方法400还包括:As another alternative embodiment, the network device can also configure the type of the terminal device. Accordingly, the method 400 further includes:
确定第一终端设备为该第一类型的终端设备或该第二类型的终端设备;Determining that the first terminal device is the first type of terminal device or the second type of terminal device;
向该第一终端设备发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该第一终端设备为该第一类型的终端设备或该第二类型的终端设备。The first indication information is sent to the first terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device is the first type terminal device or the second type terminal device.
该网络设备可以通过多种方式确定该第一终端设备为该第一类型的终端设备或该第二类型的终端设备,例如,该网络设备可以根据该第一终端设备的业务类型、位置信息、能力信息、签约信息等信息中的一种或多种,确定该第一终端设备为该第一类型的终端设备或该第二类型的终端设备,例如,该网络设备可以将数据量较大、数据发送较频繁以及有稳定电源的终端设备确定精TA设备,并且将数据量较小、数据发送频率较低以及电池能力有限的终端设备确定粗TA设备,但本发明实施例不限于此。该网络设备在确定该第一终端设备的类型之后,可以向该第一终端设备发送用于指示该第一终端设备的类型的第一指示信息,可选地,该第一指示信息还用于指示该第一终端设备的初始TA值,但本发明实施例不限于此。The network device may determine that the first terminal device is the first type of terminal device or the second type of terminal device, for example, the network device may be based on the service type and location information of the first terminal device, One or more of the capability information, the subscription information, and the like, determining that the first terminal device is the first type of terminal device or the second type of terminal device, for example, the network device may have a larger amount of data, The terminal device that transmits data more frequently and has a stable power source determines the fine TA device, and the terminal device that has a smaller amount of data, a lower data transmission frequency, and a limited battery capacity determines the coarse TA device, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto. After determining the type of the first terminal device, the network device may send, to the first terminal device, first indication information indicating a type of the first terminal device, optionally, the first indication information is further used to: The initial TA value of the first terminal device is indicated, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
该网络设备可以通过多种方式发送该第一指示信息,可选地,该向该第一终端设备发送第一指示信息,包括:在该第一终端设备的随机接入过程中向该第一终端设备发送该第一指示信息。 The network device may send the first indication information in a plurality of manners. Optionally, the sending the first indication information to the first terminal device, including: performing the first in the random access process of the first terminal device The terminal device sends the first indication information.
作为另一个可选实施例,该网络设备还可以检测某个终端设备是否保持上行同步,并且在该终端设备上行失步时通知该终端设备。相应地,该方法400还包括:As another optional embodiment, the network device may also detect whether a terminal device maintains uplink synchronization, and notify the terminal device when the terminal device is out of synchronization. Accordingly, the method 400 further includes:
接收第二终端设备发送的上行信息;Receiving uplink information sent by the second terminal device;
根据接收到的该上行信息,确定该第二终端设备上行失步;Determining, by the received uplink information, that the second terminal device is out of synchronization;
向该第二终端设备发送第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示该第二终端设备上行失步。The third indication information is sent to the second terminal device, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the second terminal device is out of synchronization.
该上行信息可以包括上行数据或者参考信号,例如解调参考信号,但本发明实施例不限于此。该网络设备可以对该上行信息进行测量,以确定该第二终端设备与该网络设备之间的上行同步偏差,如果该上行同步偏差超过门限值,则该网络设备可以确定该第二终端设备上行失步,并通过信令通知该第二终端设备。可选地,该第三指示信息还可以进一步用于指示该第二终端设备当前的TA值,以便于该第二终端设备根据该第三指示信息指示的TA值,重新获得与该网络设备的上行同步,但本发明实施例不限于此。The uplink information may include uplink data or a reference signal, such as a demodulation reference signal, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto. The network device may measure the uplink information to determine an uplink synchronization deviation between the second terminal device and the network device, and if the uplink synchronization deviation exceeds a threshold, the network device may determine the second terminal device. The uplink is out of synchronization and the second terminal device is notified by signaling. Optionally, the third indication information may be further used to indicate a current TA value of the second terminal device, so that the second terminal device regains the network value with the network device according to the TA value indicated by the third indication information. Uplink synchronization, but embodiments of the present invention are not limited thereto.
因此,本发明实施例提供的通信方法,通过网络设备发送用于指示TA指示信息的传输资源的第二指示信息,使得第二类型的终端设备根据该传输资源发送TA指示信息,第一类型的终端设备根据该传输资源监测TA指示信息,并且可以根据检测到的TA指示信息,确定自身的TA值,无需直接与网络设备进行交互,与现有技术中每个终端设备需要通过与网络设备进行交互获取TA值的方式相比,能够减少网络设备的负担和信令开销,降低系统的整体信令开销。Therefore, the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention sends the second indication information for indicating the transmission resource of the TA indication information by the network device, so that the terminal device of the second type sends the TA indication information according to the transmission resource, the first type of The terminal device monitors the TA indication information according to the transmission resource, and can determine its own TA value according to the detected TA indication information, and does not need to directly interact with the network device, and each terminal device in the prior art needs to perform with the network device. Compared with the way of obtaining the TA value, the burden of the network device and the signaling overhead can be reduced, and the overall signaling overhead of the system is reduced.
图8示出了本发明另一实施例提供的通信方法500。该方法500可以由网络设备执行。FIG. 8 illustrates a communication method 500 provided by another embodiment of the present invention. The method 500 can be performed by a network device.
S510,确定第一终端设备为第一类型的终端设备或第二类型的终端设备,其中,该第二类型的终端设备为从网络设备获取TA值的终端设备,该第一类型的终端设备为从检测到的该第二类型的终端设备发送的TA指示信息中获取TA值的终端设备。S510, determining that the first terminal device is a terminal device of the first type or a terminal device of the second type, where the terminal device of the second type is a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the network device, where the terminal device of the first type is The terminal device that acquires the TA value from the detected TA indication information sent by the terminal device of the second type.
该网络设备可以确定第一终端设备的类型为第一类型或第二类型,并且通过信令通知该第一终端设备。The network device may determine that the type of the first terminal device is the first type or the second type, and notify the first terminal device by signaling.
S520,发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示第一该终端设备为该第一类型的终端设备或该第二类型的终端设备。 S520: Send the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device is the first type terminal device or the second type terminal device.
具体地,该网络设备可以向该第一终端设备发送该第一指示信息。Specifically, the network device may send the first indication information to the first terminal device.
可选地,S520,发送第一指示信息,包括:在该第一终端设备的随机接入过程中发送该第一指示信息。Optionally, in S520, sending the first indication information includes: sending the first indication information in a random access procedure of the first terminal device.
因此,本发明实施例提供的通信方法,通过网络设备将终端设备配置为第一类型的终端设备或第二类型的终端设备,其中,第二类型的终端设备从网络设备获取自身的TA值,并且向第一类型的终端设备发送用于指示自身TA值的TA指示信息,以使得该第一类型的终端设备可以根据检测到的TA指示信息,确定自身的TA值,无需直接与网络设备进行交互,与现有技术中每个终端设备需要通过与网络设备进行交互获取TA值的方式相比,能够减少网络设备的负担和信令开销,降低系统的整体信令开销。Therefore, the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention configures the terminal device as a terminal device of the first type or a terminal device of the second type by using the network device, where the terminal device of the second type acquires its own TA value from the network device. And transmitting the TA indication information for indicating the TA value of the first type to the terminal device, so that the terminal device of the first type can determine the TA value of the first type according to the detected TA indication information, without directly performing with the network device. The interaction can reduce the burden and signaling overhead of the network device and reduce the overall signaling overhead of the system, as compared with the manner in which each terminal device in the prior art needs to obtain the TA value by interacting with the network device.
下面将结合具体例子对本发明实施例提供的通信方法做更详细的说明。图9是本发明实施例提供的另一通信方法600的示意性流程图。The communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention will be described in more detail below with reference to specific examples. FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method 600 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
S610,终端设备初始入网时,在随机接入过程中接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,并根据该第一指示信息确定该终端设备为第一类型的终端设备或第二类型的终端设备,即确定该终端设备为粗TA设备或精TA设备。S610, the terminal device receives the first indication information sent by the network device during the random access process, and determines, according to the first indication information, that the terminal device is the first type terminal device or the second type terminal device, That is, the terminal device is determined to be a coarse TA device or a fine TA device.
该网络设备可以以单播、组播或广播形式发送该第一指示信息,其中,该网络设备广播该第一指示信息时所采用的传输资源可以预先定义,但本发明实施例对此不做限定。此外,该第一指示信息还可以进一步用于包括TA指示信息的控制信息,例如,传输资源、发射功率和传输方式(调制编码方式和天线端口数量等)中的一种或多种,可选地,该第一指示信息还可以用于指示其它该TA指示信息的其它配置,本发明实施例不限于此。The network device may send the first indication information in a unicast, multicast, or broadcast manner, where the transmission resource used by the network device to broadcast the first indication information may be predefined, but the embodiment of the present invention does not do this. limited. In addition, the first indication information may further be used for one or more of control information including TA indication information, for example, transmission resource, transmission power, and transmission mode (modulation coding mode and number of antenna ports, etc.), optionally The first indication information may also be used to indicate other configurations of the other TA indication information, and the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
如果该终端设备属于精TA设备,则该终端设备可以在随机接入过程中完成与网络设备的初始上行同步,获得自身的初始TA值,并且该终端设备可以执行S620。如果该终端设备属于粗TA设备,则该终端设备可以选择是否在随机接入过程中获得初始TA值。如果粗TA设备在随机接入过程中获得自身的初始TA值,则该粗TA设备可以采用该初始TA值进行数据传输,并且执行S630,其中,该粗TA设备可以周期性或持续地监听TA指示信息,根据监听到的TA指示信息调整自身的TA值,即将初始TA值更新为监听到的TA指示信息指示的TA值,但本发明实施例不限于此。可选地,如果粗TA设备未在随机接入过程中获得初始TA值,则该粗TA设备可以执行S630,并且根据监听到的TA指示信息,确定自身的初始TA值以及更新TA值,即 执行S630,但本发明实施例不限于此。If the terminal device belongs to the fine TA device, the terminal device may complete initial uplink synchronization with the network device in the random access process, obtain its own initial TA value, and the terminal device may perform S620. If the terminal device belongs to a coarse TA device, the terminal device can select whether to obtain an initial TA value in the random access procedure. If the coarse TA device obtains its own initial TA value in the random access process, the coarse TA device may use the initial TA value for data transmission, and execute S630, where the coarse TA device may periodically or continuously monitor the TA. The indication information is adjusted according to the monitored TA indication information, that is, the initial TA value is updated to the TA value indicated by the monitored TA indication information, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto. Optionally, if the coarse TA device does not obtain the initial TA value in the random access procedure, the coarse TA device may perform S630, and determine its own initial TA value and update the TA value according to the monitored TA indication information, ie, S630 is performed, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
S620,该终端设备广播用于指示自身的TA值的TA指示信息。S620. The terminal device broadcasts TA indication information for indicating its own TA value.
S630,监听TA指示信息,并从监听到的TA指示信息获取自身的TA值。S630. Listen to the TA indication information, and obtain the TA value of the TA from the monitored TA indication information.
S640,终端设备与网络设备进行数据传输。S640. The terminal device performs data transmission with the network device.
S650,终端设备确定是否上行失步。S650: The terminal device determines whether the uplink is out of synchronization.
如果该终端设备上行同步,则该终端设备可以更新自身的TA值,并采用更新的TA值保持与网络设备的上行同步。其中,精TA设备可以执行S670和S630,即周期性或触发性地接收网络设备发送的TA更新信息,根据该TA更新信息更新TA值,以保持与网络设备的上行同步,并且周期性或触发性地广播用于指示自身当前的TA值的TA指示信息。粗TA用户可以通过执行S630,保持与网络设备之间的上行同步。If the terminal device is uplink synchronized, the terminal device can update its own TA value and maintain uplink synchronization with the network device with the updated TA value. The fine TA device may perform S670 and S630, that is, periodically or triggerably receive the TA update information sent by the network device, update the TA value according to the TA update information, to maintain uplink synchronization with the network device, and periodically or trigger. The TA indication information indicating the current TA value of itself is broadcast sexually. The coarse TA user can maintain uplink synchronization with the network device by executing S630.
如果该终端设备上行失步,则执行S660。具体地,如果精TA设备上行失步,则该精TA设备可以停止广播TA指示信息,并且重新与网络设备进行交互,以重新获得与网络设备的上行同步,随后可以重新开始广播TA指示信息。如果该粗TA设备上行失步,则该粗TA设备也可以通过与网络设备进行交互,以重新获得与网络设备的上行同步,并且在重新获得上行同步之后继续监听TA指示信息。If the terminal device is out of synchronization, S660 is performed. Specifically, if the fine TA device is out of synchronization, the fine TA device may stop broadcasting the TA indication information and re-interact with the network device to regain uplink synchronization with the network device, and then may resume broadcasting the TA indication information. If the coarse TA device is out of synchronization, the coarse TA device may also interact with the network device to regain uplink synchronization with the network device, and continue to monitor the TA indication information after regaining the uplink synchronization.
S660,通过闭环方式从网络设备获得TA值,并重新获得与网络设备的上行同步。S660: Obtain a TA value from the network device in a closed loop manner, and regain uplink synchronization with the network device.
S670,接收网络设备发送的TA更新信息,并根据TA更新信息更新TA值。S670. Receive TA update information sent by the network device, and update the TA value according to the TA update information.
因此,本发明实施例提供的通信方法,通过网络设备将终端设备配置为第一类型的终端设备或第二类型的终端设备,其中,第二类型的终端设备从网络设备获取自身的TA值,并且向第一类型的终端设备发送用于指示自身TA值的TA指示信息,以使得该第一类型的终端设备可以根据检测到的TA指示信息,确定自身的TA值,无需直接与网络设备进行交互,与现有技术中每个终端设备需要通过与网络设备进行交互获取TA值的方式相比,能够减少网络设备的负担和信令开销,降低系统的整体信令开销。Therefore, the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention configures the terminal device as a terminal device of the first type or a terminal device of the second type by using the network device, where the terminal device of the second type acquires its own TA value from the network device. And transmitting the TA indication information for indicating the TA value of the first type to the terminal device, so that the terminal device of the first type can determine the TA value of the first type according to the detected TA indication information, without directly performing with the network device. The interaction can reduce the burden and signaling overhead of the network device and reduce the overall signaling overhead of the system, as compared with the manner in which each terminal device in the prior art needs to obtain the TA value by interacting with the network device.
图10是本发明实施例提供的另一通信方法700的示意性流程图。与方法600中终端设备的类型由网络设备配置的方式不同,在图10所示的方法 700中,终端设备的类型可以通过监听其它终端设备广播的TA指示信息确定。FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method 700 according to an embodiment of the present invention. Different from the manner in which the type of the terminal device in the method 600 is configured by the network device, the method shown in FIG. In 700, the type of the terminal device can be determined by listening to the TA indication information broadcast by other terminal devices.
S710,当终端设备在需要确定自身的类型时,例如,初始入网或从睡眠状态醒来,可以确定TA指示信息的配置。S710. When the terminal device needs to determine its own type, for example, initially entering the network or waking up from the sleep state, the configuration of the TA indication information may be determined.
可选地,终端设备可以接收网络设备发送的第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该TA指示信息的配置,例如TA指示信息的传输资源、发射功率和传输方式中的至少一种,或者进一步用于指示终端设备检测TA指示信息的计时器长度,本发明实施例对此不做限定。Optionally, the terminal device may receive the second indication information that is sent by the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the configuration of the TA indication information, for example, at least one of a transmission resource, a transmission power, and a transmission manner of the TA indication information. The length of the timer is further used to instruct the terminal device to detect the TA indication information, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
S720,终端设备启动计时器,并根据该TA指示信息的配置检测和接收可能存在的TA指示信息。S720. The terminal device starts a timer, and detects and receives the TA indication information that may exist according to the configuration of the TA indication information.
该终端设备检测TA指示信息的方式以及计时器的长度可以预先定义或者从网络设备发送的第二指示信息中获取,本发明实施例对此不做限定。The manner in which the terminal device detects the TA indication information and the length of the timer may be predefined or obtained from the second indication information sent by the network device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
S730,该终端设备确定在计时器超时时是否检测到TA指示信息。S730. The terminal device determines whether the TA indication information is detected when the timer expires.
如果该终端设备检测到TA指示信息,则可以确定该终端设备为粗TA设备,可选地,该粗TA设备还可以从检测到的TA指示信息中获取TA值,完成与网络设备的上行同步,随后开始进行数据传输。与此同时,粗TA设备可以执行S750,以保持与网络设备之间的上行同步。If the terminal device detects the TA indication information, it may be determined that the terminal device is a coarse TA device. Optionally, the coarse TA device may also obtain a TA value from the detected TA indication information, and complete uplink synchronization with the network device. Then, data transfer begins. At the same time, the coarse TA device can perform S750 to maintain uplink synchronization with the network device.
如果该终端设备未检测到TA指示信息,则可以确定该终端设备为精TA设备,并且执行S740,但本发明实施例不限于此。If the terminal device does not detect the TA indication information, it may be determined that the terminal device is a fine TA device, and S740 is performed, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
作为另一个可选实施例,若该终端设备在计时器超时之前正确接收到TA指示信息,则表明该终端设备处于某个或某几个精TA设备广播的覆盖范围内,该终端设备成为粗TA设备。如果该终端设备在该计时器超时前未正确接收到任何TA指示信息,表明该终端设备不处于其他精TA设备的广播范围内,或处于多个精TA设备的广播范围的重叠区域,这样,来自多个精TA设备广播的TA指示信息互相干扰使得该终端设备无法正确解码任何一个精TA设备广播的TA指示信息,此时,该终端设备可以成为精TA设备。As another optional embodiment, if the terminal device correctly receives the TA indication information before the timer expires, it indicates that the terminal device is in the coverage of one or some fine TA devices, and the terminal device becomes thick. TA equipment. If the terminal device does not correctly receive any TA indication information before the timer expires, it indicates that the terminal device is not in the broadcast range of other fine TA devices, or is in an overlapping area of the broadcast range of multiple fine TA devices, thus, The TA indication information from a plurality of fine TA device broadcasts interfere with each other such that the terminal device cannot correctly decode the TA indication information broadcast by any one of the fine TA devices, and at this time, the terminal device can become a fine TA device.
S740,精TA设备通过与网络设备之间的交互,获得自身的TA值,并且采用预先定义或网络设备指示的传输资源以及特定发送功率和传输方式广播用于指示自身的TA值的TA指示信息。S740. The fine TA device obtains its own TA value through interaction with the network device, and broadcasts the TA indication information for indicating its own TA value by using a transmission resource indicated by a predefined or network device and a specific transmission power and transmission manner. .
精TA设备可以确定是否上行失步。如果精TA设备在数传过程中上行失步,则可以停止广播TA指示信息,并且重新与网络设备进行闭环交互过 程,以重新获得与网络设备的上行同步。The fine TA device can determine whether the uplink is out of step. If the fine TA device is out of synchronization during the data transmission process, the broadcast TA indication information may be stopped, and the closed loop interaction with the network device may be performed again. To regain uplink synchronization with network devices.
S750,粗TA设备可以在特定传输资源上检测TA指示信息,并根据检测到的第一TA指示信息更新自身的TA值,以保持与网络设备的上行同步。S750. The coarse TA device may detect the TA indication information on the specific transmission resource, and update its own TA value according to the detected first TA indication information to maintain uplink synchronization with the network device.
S760,粗TA设备确定是否上行失步。S760, the coarse TA device determines whether the uplink is out of step.
如果粗TA设备上行同步,则可以持续性或周期性地执行S750。如果粗TA设备上行失步,则该粗TA设备可以通过与网络设备之间进行闭环交互,以重新获得与网络设备之间的上行同步,并且该粗TA设备自动转变为精TA设备。If the coarse TA device is uplink synchronized, S750 can be performed continuously or periodically. If the coarse TA device is out of synchronization, the coarse TA device can re-obtain uplink synchronization with the network device by performing closed-loop interaction with the network device, and the coarse TA device automatically transitions to the fine TA device.
由此可知,在本实施例中,终端设备的身份类型不是固定不变的,各个终端设备采用相同的方式确认自身的身份类型,且可以转换身份类型。本实施例更加适用于终端设备的类型基本相同的网络,成为精TA设备或是粗TA设备的概率在各个设备之间是基本相同的,因此更加公平。Therefore, in this embodiment, the identity type of the terminal device is not fixed, and each terminal device confirms its identity type in the same manner, and can convert the identity type. This embodiment is more applicable to networks of the same type of terminal devices. The probability of becoming a fine TA device or a coarse TA device is basically the same between the devices, and thus is more fair.
应注意,图9和图10的例子是为了帮助本领域技术人员更好地理解本发明实施例,而非要限制本发明实施例的范围。本领域技术人员根据所给出的图9和图10的例子,显然可以进行各种等价的修改或变化,这样的修改或变化也落入本发明实施例的范围内。It should be noted that the examples of FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 are intended to help those skilled in the art to better understand the embodiments of the present invention and not to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present invention. A person skilled in the art will be able to make various modifications or changes in the embodiments according to the examples of FIG. 9 and FIG. 10, and such modifications or variations are also within the scope of the embodiments of the present invention.
应理解,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本发明实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that the size of the sequence numbers of the above processes does not imply a sequence of executions, and the order of execution of the processes should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be construed as limiting the implementation process of the embodiments of the present invention.
上文中结合图1至图10,详细描述了根据本发明实施例的通信方法,下面将结合图11至图18,描述根据本发明实施例的通信设备。The communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention is described in detail above with reference to FIGS. 1 through 10, and a communication device according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to FIGS. 11 through 18.
图11示出了本发明实施例提供的通信装置800,该装置800包括:FIG. 11 shows a communication device 800 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The device 800 includes:
检测单元810,用于检测第一TA指示信息,其中,该第一TA指示信息是由第二终端设备发送的,并且该第一TA指示信息用于指示该第二终端设备的TA值;The detecting unit 810 is configured to detect the first TA indication information, where the first TA indication information is sent by the second terminal device, and the first TA indication information is used to indicate the TA value of the second terminal device;
确定单元820,用于根据该检测单元810检测到的第一TA指示信息,确定该第一终端设备的TA值。The determining unit 820 is configured to determine a TA value of the first terminal device according to the first TA indication information detected by the detecting unit 810.
可选地,该第一TA指示信息还用于指示该第二终端设备的服务小区;相应地,该确定单元820还用于若该第一终端设备当前的服务小区与该第一TA指示信息所指示的服务小区相同,根据该检测单元810检测到的第一TA指示信息,确定该第一终端设备的TA值。 Optionally, the first TA indication information is further used to indicate the serving cell of the second terminal device; correspondingly, the determining unit 820 is further configured to: if the current serving cell of the first terminal device and the first TA indication information The indicated serving cell is the same, and the TA value of the first terminal device is determined according to the first TA indication information detected by the detecting unit 810.
可选地,该确定单元820具体用于将该检测单元810检测到的第一TA指示信息所指示的TA值确定为该第一终端设备的TA值。Optionally, the determining unit 820 is specifically configured to determine the TA value indicated by the first TA indication information detected by the detecting unit 810 as the TA value of the first terminal device.
该第一终端设备可以为第一类型的终端设备,该第二终端设备可以为第二类型的终端设备,其中,该第二终端设备可以从网络设备获取自身的TA值。The first terminal device may be a first type of terminal device, and the second terminal device may be a second type of terminal device, wherein the second terminal device may acquire its own TA value from the network device.
作为一个可选实施例,该装置800还包括:第一接收单元,用于在该检测单元810检测第一TA指示信息之前,接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该第一终端设备为第一类型的终端设备,其中,该第一类型的终端设备为从第二类型的终端设备发送的TA指示信息中获取TA值的终端设备,该第二类型的终端设备为从该网络设备获取TA值的终端设备。As an optional embodiment, the apparatus 800 further includes: a first receiving unit, configured to receive first indication information sent by the network device, where the first indication information is used before the detecting unit 810 detects the first TA indication information, where the first indication information is used Instructing the first terminal device to be a terminal device of the first type, wherein the terminal device of the first type is a terminal device that obtains a TA value from the TA indication information sent by the terminal device of the second type, and the terminal device of the second type The device is a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the network device.
可选地,该第一接收单元具体用于接收该网络设备在随机接入过程中发送的该第一指示信息。此时,该第一接收单元可以接收该网络设备在该第一终端设备随机接入该网络设备的过程中发送的第一指示信息。Optionally, the first receiving unit is specifically configured to receive the first indication information that is sent by the network device in a random access procedure. At this time, the first receiving unit may receive the first indication information that is sent by the network device in the process that the first terminal device randomly accesses the network device.
可选地,作为另一实施例,该装置800还包括:第一获取单元,用于若该第一终端设备上行失步,从该网络设备获取该第一终端设备的TA值;Optionally, in another embodiment, the apparatus 800 further includes: a first acquiring unit, configured to acquire a TA value of the first terminal device from the network device if the first terminal device is out of synchronization;
可选地,该检测单元810还用于在该第一获取单元从该网络设备获取TA值之后,继续检测该第一TA指示信息。Optionally, the detecting unit 810 is further configured to continue to detect the first TA indication information after the first acquiring unit acquires the TA value from the network device.
作为另一个可选实施例,该检测单元810还用于在初始接入网络设备或从睡眠状态切换至连接状态时,检测第二TA指示信息,该第二TA指示信息是由已确定为第二类型的终端设备的第三终端设备发送的,并且该第二TA指示信息用于指示该第三终端设备的TA值;As another optional embodiment, the detecting unit 810 is further configured to detect, when the initial access network device is switched from the sleep state to the connected state, the second TA indication information, where the second TA indication information is determined to be Transmitted by the third terminal device of the terminal device of the second type, and the second TA indication information is used to indicate the TA value of the third terminal device;
相应地,该确定单元820还用于若该检测单元810在预设时间段内检测到该第二TA指示信息,确定该第一终端设备为第一类型的终端设备。Correspondingly, the determining unit 820 is further configured to determine that the first terminal device is the first type of terminal device if the detecting unit 810 detects the second TA indication information within a preset time period.
可选地,作为另一实施例,该装置800还包括:第二获取单元,用于若该第一终端设备上行失步,从该网络设备获取该第一终端设备的TA值。Optionally, in another embodiment, the apparatus 800 further includes: a second acquiring unit, configured to acquire a TA value of the first terminal device from the network device if the first terminal device is out of synchronization.
可选地,该确定单元820还用于在该第一终端设备上行失步时,确定该第一终端设备由该第一类型的终端设备变为该第二类型的终端设备。Optionally, the determining unit 820 is further configured to: when the first terminal device is out of synchronization, determine that the first terminal device is changed from the first type of terminal device to the second type of terminal device.
作为另一个可选实施例,该检测单元810还用于在从睡眠状态切换至连接状态时,重新检测该第二TA指示信息;As another optional embodiment, the detecting unit 810 is further configured to re-detect the second TA indication information when switching from the sleep state to the connected state;
相应地,该确定单元820还用于若该检测单元810在该预设时间段内未 检测到该第二TA指示信息,确定该第一终端设备由该第一类型的终端设备变为该第二类型的终端设备。Correspondingly, the determining unit 820 is further configured to: if the detecting unit 810 is not within the preset time period The second TA indication information is detected, and it is determined that the first terminal device is changed from the first type of terminal device to the second type of terminal device.
作为另一个可选实施例,该检测单元810具体用于:在D2D广播信道上检测该第一TA指示信息。As another optional embodiment, the detecting unit 810 is specifically configured to: detect the first TA indication information on a D2D broadcast channel.
作为另一个可选实施例,该装置800还包括:第二接收单元,用于在该检测单元810检测第一TA指示信息之前,接收网络设备发送的第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该第一TA指示信息的传输资源、发射功率和传输方式中的至少一项;As another optional embodiment, the apparatus 800 further includes: a second receiving unit, configured to receive second indication information sent by the network device, where the second indication information is used before the detecting unit 810 detects the first TA indication information, where the second indication information is used by the detecting unit 810 At least one of a transmission resource, a transmission power, and a transmission mode indicating the first TA indication information;
相应地,该检测单元810具体用于根据该第二接收单元接收的该第二指示信息,检测该第一TA指示信息。Correspondingly, the detecting unit 810 is configured to detect the first TA indication information according to the second indication information received by the second receiving unit.
根据本发明实施例的通信装置800可对应于根据本发明实施例的通信方法中的第一终端设备,并且通信装置800中的各个模块的上述和其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现图3至图10中的各个方法的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。The communication device 800 according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the first terminal device in the communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention, and the above and other operations and/or functions of the respective modules in the communication device 800 are respectively implemented in order to implement FIG. 3 to The corresponding processes of the respective methods in FIG. 10 are not described herein for the sake of brevity.
因此,本发明实施例提供的通信装置,通过检测第二终端设备发送的第一TA指示信息,该第一TA指示信息用于指示第二终端设备的TA值,并且该第一终端设备根据检测到的第一TA指示信息,确定自身的TA值,无需直接与网络设备进行交互,与现有技术中每个终端设备需要通过与网络设备进行交互获取TA值的方式相比,能够减少网络设备的负担和信令开销,降低系统的整体信令开销。Therefore, the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present invention detects the first TA indication information sent by the second terminal device, where the first TA indication information is used to indicate the TA value of the second terminal device, and the first terminal device detects the The first TA indication information is obtained, and the TA value is determined, and the network device is not required to be directly interacted with the network device. Compared with the manner in which each terminal device in the prior art needs to obtain the TA value by interacting with the network device, the network device can be reduced. The burden and signaling overhead reduce the overall signaling overhead of the system.
图12示出了本发明实施例提供的另一通信装置900,该装置900包括:FIG. 12 shows another communication device 900 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The device 900 includes:
获取单元910,用于从网络设备获取第二终端设备的TA值;The obtaining unit 910 is configured to acquire a TA value of the second terminal device from the network device.
发送单元920,用于向第一终端设备发送第一TA指示信息,其中,该第一TA指示信息用于指示该获取单元910获取的TA值。The sending unit 920 is configured to send the first TA indication information to the first terminal device, where the first TA indication information is used to indicate the TA value acquired by the acquiring unit 910.
该第一终端设备可以为第一类型的终端设备,并且该发送单元可以以单播或广播形式发送该第一TA指示信息。The first terminal device may be a first type of terminal device, and the sending unit may send the first TA indication information in a unicast or broadcast manner.
作为另一个可选实施例,该第一TA指示信息还用于指示该第二终端设备的服务小区。As another optional embodiment, the first TA indication information is further used to indicate a serving cell of the second terminal device.
作为另一个可选实施例,该装置900还包括:第一接收单元,用于在该获取单元910从网络设备获取第二终端设备的TA值之前,接收该网络设备发送的第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该第二终端设备为第二类型 的终端设备,该第二类型的终端设备为从该网络设备获取TA值的终端设备。As another optional embodiment, the apparatus 900 further includes: a first receiving unit, configured to receive first indication information sent by the network device, before the acquiring unit 910 acquires a TA value of the second terminal device from the network device, where The first indication information is used to indicate that the second terminal device is of the second type. Terminal device, the second type of terminal device is a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the network device.
此时,该装置900还可以包括确定单元,用于根据该第一接收单元接收的该第一指示信息,确定该第二终端设备为第二类型的终端设备。At this time, the device 900 may further include a determining unit, configured to determine, according to the first indication information received by the first receiving unit, that the second terminal device is a second type of terminal device.
作为一个可选实施例,该第一接收单元具体用于接收该网络设备在随机接入过程中发送的该第一指示信息。此时,该第一接收单元具体用于接收该网络设备在该第二终端设备随机接入该网络设备的过程中发送的第一指示信息,例如,该第一指示信息携带在随机接入响应中,但本发明实施例不限于此。As an optional embodiment, the first receiving unit is specifically configured to receive the first indication information that is sent by the network device during a random access procedure. At this time, the first receiving unit is specifically configured to receive the first indication information that is sent by the network device in the process that the second terminal device randomly accesses the network device, for example, the first indication information is carried in a random access response. However, embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto.
作为另一个可选实施例,该装置900还包括:As another alternative embodiment, the apparatus 900 further includes:
检测单元,用于在初始接入该网络设备或从睡眠状态切换至连接状态时,检测第二TA指示信息,该第二TA指示信息是由已确定为该第二类型的终端设备的第三终端设备发送的,并且该第二TA指示信息用于指示该第三终端设备的TA值;a detecting unit, configured to detect a second TA indication information when initially accessing the network device or switching from a sleep state to a connection state, where the second TA indication information is determined by the third device that is determined to be the second type of terminal device Transmitted by the terminal device, and the second TA indication information is used to indicate a TA value of the third terminal device;
确定单元,用于若该检测单元在预设时间段内未检测到该第二TA指示信息,确定该第二终端设备为第二类型的终端设备。And a determining unit, configured to determine that the second terminal device is a second type of terminal device if the detecting unit does not detect the second TA indication information within a preset time period.
作为另一个可选实施例,该检测单元还用于在从睡眠状态切换至连接状态时,重新检测该第二TA指示信息;As another optional embodiment, the detecting unit is further configured to re-detect the second TA indication information when switching from the sleep state to the connected state;
相应地,该确定单元还用于若该检测单元在该预设时间段内检测到该第二TA指示信息,确定该第二终端设备由该第二类型的终端设备变为该第一类型的终端设备。Correspondingly, the determining unit is further configured to: if the detecting unit detects the second TA indication information in the preset time period, determine that the second terminal device is changed from the second type terminal device to the first type Terminal Equipment.
作为另一个可选实施例,该发送单元920具体用于:在D2D广播信道上发送该第一TA指示信息。As another optional embodiment, the sending unit 920 is specifically configured to: send the first TA indication information on a D2D broadcast channel.
作为另一个可选实施例,该装置900还包括:As another alternative embodiment, the apparatus 900 further includes:
第二接收单元,用于在该发送单元920向第一终端设备发送第一TA指示信息之前,接收该网络设备发送的第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该第一TA指示信息的传输资源、发射功率和传输方式中的至少一项;a second receiving unit, configured to receive second indication information that is sent by the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first TA indication information, before the sending unit 920 sends the first TA indication information to the first terminal device At least one of a transmission resource, a transmission power, and a transmission method;
相应地,该发送单元920具体用于根据该第二接收单元接收的该第二指示信息,向该第一终端设备发送该第一TA指示信息。Correspondingly, the sending unit 920 is specifically configured to send the first TA indication information to the first terminal device according to the second indication information received by the second receiving unit.
根据本发明实施例的通信装置900可对应于根据本发明实施例的通信方法中的第二终端设备,并且通信装置900中的各个模块的上述和其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现图3至图10中的各个方法的相应流程,为了简洁,在 此不再赘述。The communication device 900 according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the second terminal device in the communication method according to the embodiment of the present invention, and the above-described and other operations and/or functions of the respective modules in the communication device 900 are respectively implemented in order to implement FIG. 3 to The corresponding flow of each method in Figure 10, for the sake of brevity, This will not be repeated here.
因此,本发明实施例提供的通信装置,通过从网络设备获取自身的TA值,并且向第一终端设备发送用于指示自身TA值的第一TA指示信息,以使得该第一终端设备可以根据该第一TA指示信息,确定自身的TA值,无需直接与网络设备进行交互,与现有技术中每个终端设备需要通过与网络设备进行交互获取TA值的方式相比,能够减少网络设备的负担和信令开销,降低系统的整体信令开销。Therefore, the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present invention obtains the TA value of the self by the network device, and sends the first TA indication information indicating the TA value to the first terminal device, so that the first terminal device can The first TA indicates the information, and determines the TA value of the network, and does not need to directly interact with the network device. Compared with the manner in which each terminal device in the prior art needs to obtain the TA value by interacting with the network device, the network device can be reduced. Burden and signaling overhead, reducing the overall signaling overhead of the system.
图13示出了本发明实施例提供的另一种通信装置1100,该通信装置1100包括:FIG. 13 shows another communication device 1100 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The communication device 1100 includes:
确定单元1110,用于确定TA指示信息的传输资源,其中,该TA指示信息是由第二类型的终端设备向第一类型的终端设备发送的,并且该TA指示信息用于指示该第二类型的终端设备的TA值;a determining unit 1110, configured to determine a transmission resource of the TA indication information, where the TA indication information is sent by the second type of terminal device to the first type of terminal device, and the TA indication information is used to indicate the second type The TA value of the terminal device;
发送单元1120,用于发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该TA指示信息的传输资源。The sending unit 1120 is configured to send second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate a transmission resource of the TA indication information.
具体地,该发送单元1120可以向一个或多个终端设备发送该第二指示信息。Specifically, the sending unit 1120 may send the second indication information to one or more terminal devices.
可选地,该发送单元1120具体用于以广播形式发送该第二指示信息。Optionally, the sending unit 1120 is specifically configured to send the second indication information in a broadcast manner.
作为另一个可选实施例,该第二指示信息还用于指示该TA指示信息的发射功率;In another optional embodiment, the second indication information is further used to indicate that the TA indicates the transmit power of the information;
相应地,该确定单元1110还用于在该发送单元1120发送第二指示信息之前,根据TA调整粒度,确定该TA指示信息的期望传输距离,并且根据该期望传输距离,确定该TA指示信息的发射功率。Correspondingly, the determining unit 1110 is further configured to: before the sending unit 1120 sends the second indication information, determine a desired transmission distance of the TA indication information according to the TA adjustment granularity, and determine the TA indication information according to the expected transmission distance. Transmit power.
作为另一个可选实施例,该确定单元1110还用于确定第一终端设备为该第一类型的终端设备或该第二类型的终端设备;As another optional embodiment, the determining unit 1110 is further configured to determine that the first terminal device is the first type of terminal device or the second type of terminal device;
相应地,该发送单元1120还用于向该第一终端设备发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该确定单元1110确定的该第一终端设备为该第一类型的终端设备或该第二类型的终端设备。Correspondingly, the sending unit 1120 is further configured to send the first indication information to the first terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device determined by the determining unit 1110 is the terminal device of the first type or The second type of terminal device.
此时,该确定单元1110确定该第一终端设备的类型为第一类型或第二类型,并且该发送单元1120向该第一终端设备发送用于指示该确定单元1110确定的该第一终端设备的类型的第一指示信息。At this time, the determining unit 1110 determines that the type of the first terminal device is the first type or the second type, and the sending unit 1120 sends, to the first terminal device, the first terminal device that is used to indicate the determining by the determining unit 1110. The first indication of the type.
作为另一个可选实施例,该发送单元1120具体用于在该第一终端设备 的随机接入过程中向该第一终端设备发送该第一指示信息。As another optional embodiment, the sending unit 1120 is specifically configured to be used in the first terminal device. The first indication information is sent to the first terminal device during the random access process.
作为另一个可选实施例,该装置1110还包括:接收单元,用于接收第二终端设备发送的上行信息;As another optional embodiment, the device 1110 further includes: a receiving unit, configured to receive uplink information sent by the second terminal device;
相应地,该确定单元1110还用于根据该接收单元接收到的该上行信息,确定该第二终端设备上行失步;Correspondingly, the determining unit 1110 is further configured to determine, according to the uplink information received by the receiving unit, that the second terminal device is out of synchronization;
该发送单元1120还用于向该第二终端设备发送第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示该确定单元1110确定的该第二终端设备上行失步。The sending unit 1120 is further configured to send the third indication information to the second terminal device, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the second terminal device determined by the determining unit 1110 is out of synchronization.
根据本发明实施例的通信装置1100可对应于根据本发明实施例的通信方法中的网络设备,并且通信装置1100中的各个模块的上述和其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现图3至图10中的各个方法的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。The communication device 1100 according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to a network device in a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention, and the above and other operations and/or functions of respective modules in the communication device 1100 are respectively implemented in order to implement FIGS. 3 to 10 The corresponding processes of each method in the following are not repeated here for brevity.
因此,本发明实施例提供的通信装置,通过发送用于指示TA指示信息的传输资源的第二指示信息,使得第二类型的终端设备根据该传输资源发送TA指示信息,第一类型的终端设备根据该传输资源监测TA指示信息,并且可以根据检测到的TA指示信息,确定自身的TA值,无需直接与网络设备进行交互,与现有技术中每个终端设备需要通过与网络设备进行交互获取TA值的方式相比,能够减少网络设备的负担和信令开销,降低系统的整体信令开销。Therefore, the communication apparatus provided by the embodiment of the present invention sends the second indication information indicating the transmission resource of the TA indication information, so that the terminal equipment of the second type sends the TA indication information according to the transmission resource, and the terminal equipment of the first type The TA indication information is monitored according to the transmission resource, and the TA value of the TA is determined according to the detected TA indication information, and the terminal device does not need to directly interact with the network device, and each terminal device in the prior art needs to obtain an interaction with the network device. Compared with the TA value, the burden of the network device and the signaling overhead can be reduced, and the overall signaling overhead of the system can be reduced.
图14示出了本发明另一实施例提供的通信装置1200,该装置1200包括:FIG. 14 shows a communication device 1200 according to another embodiment of the present invention. The device 1200 includes:
确定单元1210,用于确定第一终端设备为第一类型的终端设备或第二类型的终端设备,其中,该第二类型的终端设备为从网络设备获取TA值的终端设备,该第一类型的终端设备为从检测到的该第二类型的终端设备发送的TA指示信息中获取TA值的终端设备;The determining unit 1210 is configured to determine that the first terminal device is a terminal device of a first type or a terminal device of a second type, where the terminal device of the second type is a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the network device, the first type The terminal device is a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the detected TA indication information sent by the second type of terminal device;
发送单元1220,用于发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该确定单元1210确定的该第一终端设备为该第一类型的终端设备或该第二类型的终端设备。The sending unit 1220 is configured to send the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device determined by the determining unit 1210 is the terminal device of the first type or the terminal device of the second type.
具体地,该确定单元1210可以确定第一终端设备的类型为第一类型或第二类型,该发送单元向该第一终端设备发送该第一指示信息,其中,该第一指示信息用于指示该确定单元1210确定的该第一终端设备的类型。Specifically, the determining unit 1210 may determine that the type of the first terminal device is the first type or the second type, and the sending unit sends the first indication information to the first terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate The determining unit 1210 determines the type of the first terminal device.
可选地,该发送单元1220具体用于在该第一终端设备的随机接入过程中发送该第一指示信息。例如,该发送单元1220向该第一终端设备发送携 带该第一指示信息的随机接入响应,但本发明实施例不限于此。Optionally, the sending unit 1220 is specifically configured to send the first indication information in a random access procedure of the first terminal device. For example, the sending unit 1220 sends the piggybacking to the first terminal device. The random access response with the first indication information, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
根据本发明实施例的通信装置1200可对应于根据本发明实施例的通信方法中的网络设备,并且通信装置1200中的各个模块的上述和其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现图3至图10中的各个方法的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。The communication device 1200 according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to a network device in a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention, and the above and other operations and/or functions of respective modules in the communication device 1200 are respectively implemented in order to implement FIGS. 3 to 10 The corresponding processes of each method in the following are not repeated here for brevity.
因此,本发明实施例提供的通信装置,通过将终端设备配置为第一类型的终端设备或第二类型的终端设备,其中,第二类型的终端设备从网络设备获取自身的TA值,并且向第一类型的终端设备发送用于指示自身TA值的TA指示信息,以使得该第一类型的终端设备可以根据检测到的TA指示信息,确定自身的TA值,无需直接与网络设备进行交互,与现有技术中每个终端设备需要通过与网络设备进行交互获取TA值的方式相比,能够减少网络设备的负担和信令开销,降低系统的整体信令开销。Therefore, the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present invention configures the terminal device as a terminal device of the first type or a terminal device of the second type, wherein the terminal device of the second type acquires its own TA value from the network device, and The terminal device of the first type sends the TA indication information for indicating the value of the TA, so that the terminal device of the first type can determine its own TA value according to the detected TA indication information, without directly interacting with the network device. Compared with the manner in which each terminal device in the prior art needs to obtain the TA value by interacting with the network device, the burden of the network device and the signaling overhead can be reduced, and the overall signaling overhead of the system is reduced.
图15示出了本发明实施例提供的通信装置1300,该装置1300包括:处理器1310,用于:FIG. 15 shows a communication device 1300 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The device 1300 includes: a processor 1310, configured to:
检测第一TA指示信息,其中,该第一TA指示信息是由第二终端设备发送的,并且该第一TA指示信息用于指示该第二终端设备的TA值;Detecting the first TA indication information, where the first TA indication information is sent by the second terminal device, and the first TA indication information is used to indicate the TA value of the second terminal device;
根据检测到的第一TA指示信息,确定第一终端设备的TA值。And determining, according to the detected first TA indication information, a TA value of the first terminal device.
该第一终端设备可以为第一类型的终端设备,该第二终端设备可以为第二类型的终端设备,其中,该第二终端设备可以从网络设备获取自身的TA值。The first terminal device may be a first type of terminal device, and the second terminal device may be a second type of terminal device, wherein the second terminal device may acquire its own TA value from the network device.
作为一个可选实施例,该第一TA指示信息还用于指示该第二终端设备的服务小区;相应地,该处理器1310还用于若该第一终端设备当前的服务小区与该第一TA指示信息所指示的服务小区相同,根据检测到的第一TA指示信息,确定该第一终端设备的TA值。As an optional embodiment, the first TA indication information is further used to indicate a serving cell of the second terminal device; correspondingly, the processor 1310 is further configured to: if the first terminal device is currently a serving cell and the first The TA indicates that the serving cell indicated by the information is the same, and determines the TA value of the first terminal device according to the detected first TA indication information.
可选地,该处理器1310具体用于将该检测到的第一TA指示信息所指示的TA值确定为该第一终端设备的TA值。Optionally, the processor 1310 is specifically configured to determine the TA value indicated by the detected first TA indication information as the TA value of the first terminal device.
作为一个可选实施例,如图15所示,该装置1300还包括:接收器1320,用于在该处理器1310检测第一TA指示信息之前,接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该第一终端设备为第一类型的终端设备,其中,该第一类型的终端设备为从第二类型的终端设备发送的TA指示信息中获取TA值的终端设备,该第二类型的终端设备为从该网络设备获取TA 值的终端设备。As an optional embodiment, as shown in FIG. 15, the apparatus 1300 further includes: a receiver 1320, configured to receive first indication information sent by the network device, before the processor 1310 detects the first TA indication information, where the An indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device is a terminal device of a first type, where the terminal device of the first type is a terminal device that obtains a TA value from the TA indication information sent by the second type of terminal device, where The second type of terminal device is to acquire the TA from the network device Value of the terminal device.
此时,该处理器1310可以还用于根据该接收器1320接收的该第一指示信息,确定第一终端设备为第一类型的终端设备。At this time, the processor 1310 is further configured to determine, according to the first indication information received by the receiver 1320, that the first terminal device is the terminal device of the first type.
可选地,该接收器1320具体用于接收该网络设备在随机接入过程中发送的该第一指示信息。此时,该接收器1320可以接收该网络设备在该第一终端设备随机接入该网络设备的过程中发送的第一指示信息。Optionally, the receiver 1320 is specifically configured to receive the first indication information that is sent by the network device during a random access procedure. At this time, the receiver 1320 can receive the first indication information that is sent by the network device in the process that the first terminal device randomly accesses the network device.
可选地,作为另一实施例,该处理器1310还用于:若该第一终端设备上行失步,从该网络设备获取该第一终端设备的TA值。Optionally, in another embodiment, the processor 1310 is further configured to: if the first terminal device is out of synchronization, acquire the TA value of the first terminal device from the network device.
可选地,该处理器1310还用于在从该网络设备获取该第一终端设备的TA值之后,继续检测该第一TA指示信息。Optionally, the processor 1310 is further configured to continue to detect the first TA indication information after acquiring the TA value of the first terminal device from the network device.
作为另一个可选实施例,该处理器1310还用于:As another alternative embodiment, the processor 1310 is further configured to:
在初始接入网络设备或从睡眠状态切换至连接状态时,检测第二TA指示信息,该第二TA指示信息是由已确定为第二类型的终端设备的第三终端设备发送的,并且该第二TA指示信息用于指示该第三终端设备的TA值;Detecting, when initially accessing the network device or switching from the sleep state to the connected state, the second TA indication information is sent by the third terminal device that has been determined to be the terminal device of the second type, and the The second TA indication information is used to indicate a TA value of the third terminal device;
若在预设时间段内检测到该第二TA指示信息,确定该第一终端设备为第一类型的终端设备。If the second TA indication information is detected within the preset time period, it is determined that the first terminal device is the first type of terminal device.
可选地,作为另一实施例,该处理器1310还用于:若该第一终端设备上行失步,从该网络设备获取该第一终端设备的TA值。可选地,该处理器1310还用于在从该网络设备获取TA值之后,确定该第一终端设备由该第一类型的终端设备变为该第二类型的终端设备。Optionally, in another embodiment, the processor 1310 is further configured to: if the first terminal device is out of synchronization, acquire the TA value of the first terminal device from the network device. Optionally, the processor 1310 is further configured to: after acquiring the TA value from the network device, determine that the first terminal device is changed from the first type of terminal device to the second type of terminal device.
作为另一个可选实施例,该处理器1310具体用于:在D2D广播信道上检测该第一TA指示信息。As another optional embodiment, the processor 1310 is specifically configured to: detect the first TA indication information on a D2D broadcast channel.
作为另一个可选实施例,该装置1300还包括:接收器1320,用于在该处理器1310检测第一TA指示信息之前,接收网络设备发送的第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该第一TA指示信息的传输资源、发射功率和传输方式中的至少一项;As another optional embodiment, the apparatus 1300 further includes: a receiver 1320, configured to receive second indication information sent by the network device, where the second indicator information is used before the processor 1310 detects the first TA indication information, where the second indication information is used And indicating at least one of a transmission resource, a transmission power, and a transmission manner of the first TA indication information;
相应地,该处理器1310具体用于根据该接收器1320接收的该第二指示信息,检测该第一TA指示信息。Correspondingly, the processor 1310 is specifically configured to detect the first TA indication information according to the second indication information received by the receiver 1320.
根据本发明实施例的通信装置1300可对应于根据本发明实施例的通信方法中的第一终端设备,并且通信装置1300中的各个模块的上述和其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现图3至图10中的各个方法的相应流程,为了简洁, 在此不再赘述。The communication device 1300 according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to the first terminal device in the communication method according to the embodiment of the present invention, and the above and other operations and/or functions of the respective modules in the communication device 1300 are respectively implemented in order to implement FIG. 3 to The corresponding flow of each method in Figure 10, for the sake of brevity, I will not repeat them here.
因此,本发明实施例提供的通信装置,通过检测第二终端设备发送的第一TA指示信息,该第一TA指示信息用于指示第二终端设备的TA值,并且该第一终端设备根据检测到的第一TA指示信息,确定自身的TA值,无需直接与网络设备进行交互,与现有技术中每个终端设备需要通过与网络设备进行交互获取TA值的方式相比,能够减少网络设备的负担和信令开销,降低系统的整体信令开销。Therefore, the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present invention detects the first TA indication information sent by the second terminal device, where the first TA indication information is used to indicate the TA value of the second terminal device, and the first terminal device detects the The first TA indication information is obtained, and the TA value is determined, and the network device is not required to be directly interacted with the network device. Compared with the manner in which each terminal device in the prior art needs to obtain the TA value by interacting with the network device, the network device can be reduced. The burden and signaling overhead reduce the overall signaling overhead of the system.
图16示出了本发明实施例提供的另一通信装置1400,该装置1400包括:FIG. 16 shows another communication device 1400 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The device 1400 includes:
处理器1410,用于从网络设备获取第二终端设备的TA值;The processor 1410 is configured to acquire a TA value of the second terminal device from the network device.
发送器1420,用于向第一终端设备发送第一TA指示信息,其中,该第一TA指示信息用于指示该处理器1410获取的TA值。The transmitter 1420 is configured to send the first TA indication information to the first terminal device, where the first TA indication information is used to indicate the TA value acquired by the processor 1410.
该第一终端设备可以为第一类型的终端设备,并且该发送单元可以以单播或广播形式发送该第一TA指示信息。The first terminal device may be a first type of terminal device, and the sending unit may send the first TA indication information in a unicast or broadcast manner.
作为另一个可选实施例,该第一TA指示信息还用于指示该第二终端设备的服务小区。As another optional embodiment, the first TA indication information is further used to indicate a serving cell of the second terminal device.
作为另一个可选实施例,该装置1400还包括:接收器,用于在该处理器1410从网络设备获取第二终端设备的TA值之前,接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该第二终端设备为第二类型的终端设备,该第二类型的终端设备为从该网络设备获取TA值的终端设备。As another optional embodiment, the device 1400 further includes: a receiver, configured to receive first indication information sent by the network device, where the processor 1410 acquires a TA value of the second terminal device from the network device, where the first The indication information is used to indicate that the second terminal device is a second type of terminal device, and the second type of terminal device is a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the network device.
此时,该处理器1410可以还用于根据该接收器接收的第一指示信息,确定该第二终端设备为第二类型的终端设备。At this time, the processor 1410 is further configured to determine, according to the first indication information received by the receiver, that the second terminal device is a second type of terminal device.
作为一个可选实施例,该接收器具体用于接收该网络设备在随机接入过程中发送的该第一指示信息。此时,该接收器具体用于接收该网络设备在该第二终端设备随机接入该网络设备的过程中发送的第一指示信息,例如,该第一指示信息携带在随机接入响应中,但本发明实施例不限于此。As an optional embodiment, the receiver is specifically configured to receive the first indication information that is sent by the network device during a random access procedure. At this time, the receiver is specifically configured to receive the first indication information that is sent by the network device in the process that the second terminal device randomly accesses the network device, for example, the first indication information is carried in a random access response, However, embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto.
作为另一个可选实施例,该处理器1410还用于:As another alternative embodiment, the processor 1410 is further configured to:
在初始接入该网络设备或从睡眠状态切换至连接状态时,检测第二TA指示信息,该第二TA指示信息是由已确定为该第二类型的终端设备的第三终端设备发送的,并且该第二TA指示信息用于指示该第三终端设备的TA值;Detecting, when initially accessing the network device, or switching from the sleep state to the connected state, the second TA indication information is sent by the third terminal device that is determined to be the terminal device of the second type, And the second TA indication information is used to indicate a TA value of the third terminal device;
若在预设时间段内未检测到该第二TA指示信息,确定该第二终端设备 为第二类型的终端设备。Determining the second terminal device if the second TA indication information is not detected within the preset time period It is a second type of terminal device.
作为另一个可选实施例,该发送器1420具体用于在D2D广播信道上发送该第一TA指示信息。As another optional embodiment, the transmitter 1420 is specifically configured to send the first TA indication information on a D2D broadcast channel.
作为另一个可选实施例,该装置1400还包括:As another alternative embodiment, the apparatus 1400 further includes:
接收器,用于在该发送器1420向第一终端设备发送第一TA指示信息之前,接收网络设备发送的第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该第一TA指示信息的传输资源、发射功率和传输方式中的至少一项;a receiver, configured to receive second indication information that is sent by the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate a transmission resource of the first TA indication information, before the sending, by the transmitter, the first TA indication information At least one of transmission power and transmission mode;
相应地,该发送器1420具体用于根据该接收器接收到的该第二指示信息,向该第一终端设备发送第一TA指示信息。Correspondingly, the transmitter 1420 is specifically configured to send the first TA indication information to the first terminal device according to the second indication information received by the receiver.
根据本发明实施例的通信装置1400可对应于根据本发明实施例的通信方法中的第二终端设备,并且通信装置1400中的各个模块的上述和其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现图3至图10中的各个方法的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。The communication device 1400 according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to a second terminal device in a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention, and the above-described and other operations and/or functions of respective modules in the communication device 1400 are respectively implemented in order to implement FIG. The corresponding processes of the respective methods in FIG. 10 are not described herein for the sake of brevity.
因此,本发明实施例提供的通信装置,通过从网络设备获取自身的TA值,并且向第一终端设备发送用于指示自身TA值的第一TA指示信息,以使得该第一终端设备可以根据该第一TA指示信息,确定自身的TA值,无需直接与网络设备进行交互,与现有技术中每个终端设备需要通过与网络设备进行交互获取TA值的方式相比,能够减少网络设备的负担和信令开销,降低系统的整体信令开销。Therefore, the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present invention obtains the TA value of the self by the network device, and sends the first TA indication information indicating the TA value to the first terminal device, so that the first terminal device can The first TA indicates the information, and determines the TA value of the network, and does not need to directly interact with the network device. Compared with the manner in which each terminal device in the prior art needs to obtain the TA value by interacting with the network device, the network device can be reduced. Burden and signaling overhead, reducing the overall signaling overhead of the system.
图17示出了本发明实施例提供的另一种通信装置1500,该通信装置1500包括:FIG. 17 shows another communication device 1500 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The communication device 1500 includes:
处理器1510,用于确定TA指示信息的传输资源,其中,该TA指示信息是由第二类型的终端设备向第一类型的终端设备发送的,并且该TA指示信息用于指示该第二类型的终端设备的TA值;The processor 1510 is configured to determine a transmission resource of the TA indication information, where the TA indication information is sent by the second type of terminal device to the first type of terminal device, and the TA indication information is used to indicate the second type. The TA value of the terminal device;
发送器1520,用于发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该TA指示信息的传输资源。The transmitter 1520 is configured to send second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate a transmission resource of the TA indication information.
具体地,该发送器1520可以向一个或多个终端设备发送该第二指示信息。Specifically, the transmitter 1520 can send the second indication information to one or more terminal devices.
可选地,该发送器1520具体用于以广播形式发送该第二指示信息。Optionally, the transmitter 1520 is specifically configured to send the second indication information in a broadcast manner.
作为另一个可选实施例,该第二指示信息还用于指示该TA指示信息的发射功率; In another optional embodiment, the second indication information is further used to indicate that the TA indicates the transmit power of the information;
相应地,该处理器1510还用于在该发送器1520发送第二指示信息之前,根据TA调整粒度,确定该TA指示信息的期望传输距离,并且根据该期望传输距离,确定该TA指示信息的发射功率。Correspondingly, the processor 1510 is further configured to: before the transmitter 1520 sends the second indication information, determine a desired transmission distance of the TA indication information according to the TA adjustment granularity, and determine the TA indication information according to the expected transmission distance. Transmit power.
作为另一个可选实施例,该处理器1510还用于确定第一终端设备为该第一类型的终端设备或该第二类型的终端设备;As another optional embodiment, the processor 1510 is further configured to determine that the first terminal device is the first type of terminal device or the second type of terminal device;
相应地,该发送器1520还用于向该第一终端设备发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该处理器1510确定的该第一终端设备为该第一类型的终端设备或该第二类型的终端设备。Correspondingly, the transmitter 1520 is further configured to send the first indication information to the first terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device determined by the processor 1510 is the first type of terminal device or The second type of terminal device.
此时,该处理器1510确定该第一终端设备的类型为第一类型或第二类型,并且该发送器1520向该第一终端设备发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该处理器1510确定的该第一终端设备的类型。At this time, the processor 1510 determines that the type of the first terminal device is the first type or the second type, and the transmitter 1520 sends the first indication information to the first terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the The type of the first terminal device determined by the processor 1510.
作为另一个可选实施例,该发送器1520具体用于在该第一终端设备的随机接入过程中向该第一终端设备发送该第一指示信息。As another optional embodiment, the transmitter 1520 is specifically configured to send the first indication information to the first terminal device in a random access procedure of the first terminal device.
作为另一个可选实施例,该装置1110还包括:接收器,用于接收第二终端设备发送的上行信息;As another optional embodiment, the device 1110 further includes: a receiver, configured to receive uplink information sent by the second terminal device;
相应地,该处理器1510还用于根据该接收器接收到的该上行信息,确定该第二终端设备上行失步;Correspondingly, the processor 1510 is further configured to determine, according to the uplink information received by the receiver, that the second terminal device is out of synchronization;
该发送器1520还用于向该第二终端设备发送第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示该处理器1510确定的该第二终端设备上行失步。The transmitter 1520 is further configured to send the third indication information to the second terminal device, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the second terminal device determined by the processor 1510 is out of synchronization.
根据本发明实施例的通信装置1500可对应于根据本发明实施例的通信方法中的网络设备,并且通信装置1500中的各个模块的上述和其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现图3至图10中的各个方法的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。The communication device 1500 according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to a network device in a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention, and the above and other operations and/or functions of respective modules in the communication device 1500 are respectively implemented in order to implement FIGS. 3 to 10 The corresponding processes of each method in the following are not repeated here for brevity.
因此,本发明实施例提供的通信装置,通过发送用于指示TA指示信息的传输资源的第二指示信息,使得第二类型的终端设备根据该传输资源发送TA指示信息,第一类型的终端设备根据该传输资源监测TA指示信息,并且可以根据检测到的TA指示信息,确定自身的TA值,无需直接与网络设备进行交互,与现有技术中每个终端设备需要通过与网络设备进行交互获取TA值的方式相比,能够减少网络设备的负担和信令开销,降低系统的整体信令开销。Therefore, the communication apparatus provided by the embodiment of the present invention sends the second indication information indicating the transmission resource of the TA indication information, so that the terminal equipment of the second type sends the TA indication information according to the transmission resource, and the terminal equipment of the first type The TA indication information is monitored according to the transmission resource, and the TA value of the TA is determined according to the detected TA indication information, and the terminal device does not need to directly interact with the network device, and each terminal device in the prior art needs to obtain an interaction with the network device. Compared with the TA value, the burden of the network device and the signaling overhead can be reduced, and the overall signaling overhead of the system can be reduced.
图18示出了本发明另一实施例提供的通信装置1600,该装置1600包括: FIG. 18 shows a communication device 1600 according to another embodiment of the present invention. The device 1600 includes:
处理器1610,用于确定第一终端设备为第一类型的终端设备或第二类型的终端设备,其中,该第二类型的终端设备为从网络设备获取TA值的终端设备,该第一类型的终端设备为从检测到的该第二类型的终端设备发送的TA指示信息中获取TA值的终端设备;The processor 1610 is configured to determine that the first terminal device is a first type of terminal device or a second type of terminal device, where the second type of terminal device is a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the network device, the first type The terminal device is a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the detected TA indication information sent by the second type of terminal device;
发送器1620,用于发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该处理器1610确定的该第一终端设备为该第一类型的终端设备或该第二类型的终端设备。The transmitter 1620 is configured to send the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device determined by the processor 1610 is the terminal device of the first type or the terminal device of the second type.
具体地,该处理器1610可以确定第一终端设备的类型为第一类型或第二类型,该发送器1620向该第一终端设备发送该第一指示信息,其中,该第一指示信息用于指示该处理器1610确定的该第一终端设备的类型。Specifically, the processor 1610 may determine that the type of the first terminal device is the first type or the second type, and the transmitter 1620 sends the first indication information to the first terminal device, where the first indication information is used for The type of the first terminal device determined by the processor 1610 is indicated.
可选地,该发送器1620具体用于在该第一终端设备的随机接入过程中发送该第一指示信息。例如,该发送器1620向该第一终端设备发送携带该第一指示信息的随机接入响应,但本发明实施例不限于此。Optionally, the transmitter 1620 is specifically configured to send the first indication information in a random access procedure of the first terminal device. For example, the transmitter 1620 sends a random access response carrying the first indication information to the first terminal device, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
根据本发明实施例的通信装置1600可对应于根据本发明实施例的通信方法中的网络设备,并且通信装置1600中的各个模块的上述和其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现图3至图10中的各个方法的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。The communication device 1600 according to an embodiment of the present invention may correspond to a network device in a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention, and the above and other operations and/or functions of respective modules in the communication device 1600 are respectively implemented in order to implement FIGS. 3 to 10 The corresponding processes of each method in the following are not repeated here for brevity.
因此,本发明实施例提供的通信装置,通过将终端设备配置为第一类型的终端设备或第二类型的终端设备,其中,第二类型的终端设备从网络设备获取自身的TA值,并且向第一类型的终端设备发送用于指示自身TA值的TA指示信息,以使得该第一类型的终端设备可以根据检测到的TA指示信息,确定自身的TA值,无需直接与网络设备进行交互,与现有技术中每个终端设备需要通过与网络设备进行交互获取TA值的方式相比,能够减少网络设备的负担和信令开销,降低系统的整体信令开销。Therefore, the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present invention configures the terminal device as a terminal device of the first type or a terminal device of the second type, wherein the terminal device of the second type acquires its own TA value from the network device, and The terminal device of the first type sends the TA indication information for indicating the value of the TA, so that the terminal device of the first type can determine its own TA value according to the detected TA indication information, without directly interacting with the network device. Compared with the manner in which each terminal device in the prior art needs to obtain the TA value by interacting with the network device, the burden of the network device and the signaling overhead can be reduced, and the overall signaling overhead of the system is reduced.
应理解,在本发明实施例中,上述装置中的处理器可以是中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit,CPU),该处理器610还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the processor in the foregoing apparatus may be a central processing unit (CPU), and the processor 610 may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), and dedicated Integrated circuit (ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component, etc. The general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
可选地,上述装置还可以包括存储器,该存储器可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器,并向处理器提供指令和数据。存储器的一部分还可以包括 非易失性随机存取存储器。例如,存储器还可以存储设备类型的信息。Optionally, the above apparatus may further include a memory, which may include a read only memory and a random access memory, and provides instructions and data to the processor. A portion of the memory can also include Non-volatile random access memory. For example, the memory can also store information of the device type.
在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本发明实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的指令,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复,这里不再详细描述。In the implementation process, each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in a form of software. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented as a hardware processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor. The software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the instructions in the memory and combines the hardware to complete the steps of the above method. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
还应理解,本文对上述各个实施例的描述侧重于各个实施例的不同之处,而其余部分可以相互参考。以上某一实施例中的技术特征和描述,可以理解适用于其他实施例,比如方法实施例的技术特征可以适用于装置实施例或其他方法实施例,在其他实施例不再一一赘述。It should also be understood that the description herein of the various embodiments above focuses on the differences of the various embodiments, while the remaining portions may be referenced to each other. The technical features and descriptions of the above embodiments are applicable to other embodiments. For example, the technical features of the method embodiments may be applied to the device embodiments or other method embodiments, and will not be further described in other embodiments.
还应理解,以上实施例中的发送单元或发射器可以指在空口上进行发送,可以不是空口上发送,而是发送给其他设备以便于其他设备在空口上发送。以上实施例中的接收单元或接收器可以指在空口上进行接收,可以不是空口上接收,而是从在空口上接收的其他设备进行接收。It should also be understood that the sending unit or the transmitter in the above embodiment may refer to transmitting on the air interface, may not be sent on the air interface, but may be sent to other devices to facilitate other devices to send on the air interface. The receiving unit or the receiver in the above embodiment may refer to receiving on the air interface, and may not receive on the air interface, but receive from other devices received on the air interface.
应理解,在本发明实施例中,术语和/或仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系。例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符/,一般表示前后关联对象是一种或的关系。It should be understood that in the embodiments of the present invention, the term and/or merely an association relationship describing the associated object indicates that there may be three relationships. For example, A and/or B may indicate that A exists separately, and A and B exist simultaneously, and B cases exist alone. In addition, the character / in this paper generally indicates that the contextual object is an OR relationship.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例中描述的各方法步骤和单元,能够以电子硬件、计算机软件或者二者的结合来实现,为了清楚地说明硬件和软件的可互换性,在上述说明中已经按照功能一般性地描述了各实施例的步骤及组成。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。本领域普通技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本发明的范围。Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the various method steps and elements described in connection with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware, computer software, or a combination of both, in order to clearly illustrate hardware and software. Interchangeability, the steps and composition of the various embodiments have been generally described in terms of function in the foregoing description. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. Different methods may be used to implement the described functionality for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present invention.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为了描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。A person skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the system, the device and the unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和 方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另外,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口、装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,也可以是电的,机械的或其它的形式连接。In the several embodiments provided herein, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices, and The method can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, or an electrical, mechanical or other form of connection.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本发明实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the embodiments of the present invention.
另外,在本发明各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以是两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本发明的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分,或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The integrated unit, if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product, may be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present invention contributes in essence or to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solution may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium. A number of instructions are included to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention. The foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .
以上某一实施例中的技术特征和描述,为了使申请文件简洁清楚,可以理解适用于其他实施例,比如方法实施例的技术特征可以适用于装置实施例或其他方法实施例,在其他实施例不再一一赘述。The technical features and descriptions in the above embodiments are applicable to other embodiments in order to make the application documents clear and clear. For example, the technical features of the method embodiments may be applied to device embodiments or other method embodiments, in other embodiments. I will not repeat them one by one.
以上实施例中的发送模块或发送单元或发射器可以指在空口上进行发送,可以不是空口上发送,而是发送给其他设备以便于其他设备在空口上发送。以上实施例中的接收模块或接收单元或接收器可以指在空口上进行接收,可以不是空口上接收,而是从在空口上接收的其他设备进行接收。The sending module or the sending unit or the transmitter in the above embodiment may refer to sending on the air interface, but may not be sent on the air interface, but sent to other devices to facilitate other devices to send on the air interface. The receiving module or the receiving unit or the receiver in the above embodiment may refer to receiving on the air interface, and may not receive on the air interface, but receive from other devices received on the air interface.
以上所述,仅为本发明的具体实施方式,但本发明的保护范围并不局限 于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到各种等效的修改或替换,这些修改或替换都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内。因此,本发明的保护范围应以权利要求的保护范围为准。 The above description is only a specific embodiment of the present invention, but the scope of protection of the present invention is not limited. In this regard, any equivalent modifications or alterations are obvious to those skilled in the art within the scope of the present invention, and such modifications and alterations are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of protection of the present invention should be determined by the scope of the claims.

Claims (54)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, comprising:
    第一终端设备检测第一时间提前TA指示信息,其中,所述第一TA指示信息是由第二终端设备发送的,并且所述第一TA指示信息用于指示所述第二终端设备的TA值;The first terminal device detects the first time advance TA indication information, where the first TA indication information is sent by the second terminal device, and the first TA indication information is used to indicate the TA of the second terminal device value;
    所述第一终端设备根据检测到的第一TA指示信息,确定所述第一终端设备的TA值。The first terminal device determines a TA value of the first terminal device according to the detected first TA indication information.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一TA指示信息还用于指示所述第二终端设备的服务小区;The method according to claim 1, wherein the first TA indication information is further used to indicate a serving cell of the second terminal device;
    所述根据检测到的第一TA指示信息,确定所述第一终端设备的TA值,包括:Determining, according to the detected first TA indication information, the TA value of the first terminal device, including:
    若所述第一终端设备当前的服务小区与所述第一TA指示信息所指示的服务小区相同,根据检测到的第一TA指示信息,确定所述第一终端设备的TA值。And determining, according to the detected first TA indication information, a TA value of the first terminal device, if the current serving cell of the first terminal device is the same as the serving cell indicated by the first TA indication information.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据检测到的第一TA指示信息,确定所述第一终端设备的TA值,包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the determining the TA value of the first terminal device according to the detected first TA indication information comprises:
    将所述检测到的第一TA指示信息所指示的TA值确定为所述第一终端设备的TA值。Determining, by the detected first TA indication information, a TA value as a TA value of the first terminal device.
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述检测第一TA指示信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein before the detecting the first TA indication information, the method further comprises:
    接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备为第一类型的终端设备,其中,所述第一类型的终端设备为从第二类型的终端设备发送的TA指示信息中获取TA值的终端设备,所述第二类型的终端设备为从所述网络设备获取TA值的终端设备。And receiving, by the network device, first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device is a terminal device of a first type, where the terminal device of the first type is a terminal device of a second type The terminal device that obtains the TA value in the TA indication information sent by the device, and the terminal device in the second type is the terminal device that acquires the TA value from the network device.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein the receiving the first indication information sent by the network device comprises:
    接收所述网络设备在随机接入过程中发送的所述第一指示信息。Receiving the first indication information that is sent by the network device in a random access procedure.
  6. 根据权利要求4或5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 4 or 5, wherein the method further comprises:
    若所述第一终端设备上行失步,从所述网络设备获取所述第一终端设备的TA值;If the first terminal device is out of synchronization, obtain the TA value of the first terminal device from the network device;
    继续检测所述第一TA指示信息。 The first TA indication information is continuously detected.
  7. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述检测第一TA指示信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein before the detecting the first TA indication information, the method further comprises:
    所述第一终端设备在初始接入网络设备或从睡眠状态切换至连接状态时,检测第二TA指示信息,所述第二TA指示信息是由已确定为第二类型的终端设备的第三终端设备发送的,并且所述第二TA指示信息用于指示所述第三终端设备的TA值;The first terminal device detects the second TA indication information when initially accessing the network device or switching from the sleep state to the connection state, where the second TA indication information is the third device that has been determined to be the second type of terminal device. Transmitted by the terminal device, and the second TA indication information is used to indicate a TA value of the third terminal device;
    若在预设时间段内检测到所述第二TA指示信息,确定所述第一终端设备为第一类型的终端设备。And if the second TA indication information is detected within a preset time period, determining that the first terminal device is a first type of terminal device.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 7, wherein the method further comprises:
    若所述第一终端设备上行失步,从所述网络设备获取所述第一终端设备的TA值。If the first terminal device is out of synchronization, the TA value of the first terminal device is obtained from the network device.
  9. 根据权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述检测第一TA指示信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the detecting the first TA indication information comprises:
    在设备到设备D2D广播信道上检测所述第一TA指示信息。The first TA indication information is detected on a device-to-device D2D broadcast channel.
  10. 根据权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述检测第一TA指示信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein before the detecting the first TA indication information, the method further comprises:
    接收网络设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一TA指示信息的传输资源、发射功率和传输方式中的至少一项;Receiving, by the network device, the second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate at least one of a transmission resource, a transmission power, and a transmission manner of the first TA indication information;
    所述检测第一TA指示信息,包括:The detecting the first TA indication information includes:
    根据所述第二指示信息,检测所述第一TA指示信息。And detecting, according to the second indication information, the first TA indication information.
  11. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, comprising:
    第二终端设备从网络设备获取所述第二终端设备的时间提前TA值;Obtaining, by the second terminal device, a time advance TA value of the second terminal device from the network device;
    所述第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送第一TA指示信息,其中,所述第一TA指示信息用于指示所述第二终端设备的TA值。The second terminal device sends the first TA indication information to the first terminal device, where the first TA indication information is used to indicate the TA value of the second terminal device.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一TA指示信息还用于指示所述第二终端设备的服务小区。The method according to claim 11, wherein the first TA indication information is further used to indicate a serving cell of the second terminal device.
  13. 根据权利要求11或12所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述从网络设备获取所述第二终端设备的TA值之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 11 or 12, wherein before the obtaining, by the network device, the TA value of the second terminal device, the method further comprises:
    接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二终端设备为第二类型的终端设备,所述第二类型的终端设备为从所述网络设备获取TA值的终端设备。 Receiving, by the network device, first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the second terminal device is a second type of terminal device, and the second type of terminal device is configured to acquire a TA value from the network device Terminal equipment.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收所述网络设备发送的第一指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 13, wherein the receiving the first indication information sent by the network device comprises:
    接收所述网络设备在随机接入过程中发送的所述第一指示信息。Receiving the first indication information that is sent by the network device in a random access procedure.
  15. 根据权利要求11或12所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述从网络设备获取所述第二终端设备的TA值之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 11 or 12, wherein before the obtaining, by the network device, the TA value of the second terminal device, the method further comprises:
    在初始接入所述网络设备或从睡眠状态切换至连接状态时,检测第二TA指示信息,所述第二TA指示信息是由已确定为第二类型的终端设备的第三终端设备发送的,并且所述第二TA指示信息用于指示所述第三终端设备的TA值;Detecting second TA indication information when initially accessing the network device or switching from a sleep state to a connection state, the second TA indication information being sent by a third terminal device that has been determined to be the second type of terminal device And the second TA indication information is used to indicate a TA value of the third terminal device;
    若在预设时间段内未检测到所述第二TA指示信息,确定所述第二终端设备为第二类型的终端设备。If the second TA indication information is not detected within the preset time period, determining that the second terminal device is the second type of terminal device.
  16. 根据权利要求11至15中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向第一终端设备发送第一TA指示信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 11 to 15, wherein the sending the first TA indication information to the first terminal device comprises:
    在设备到设备D2D广播信道上发送所述第一TA指示信息。The first TA indication information is sent on a device-to-device D2D broadcast channel.
  17. 根据权利要求11至16中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述向第一终端设备发送第一TA指示信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 11 to 16, wherein before the sending the first TA indication information to the first terminal device, the method further includes:
    接收网络设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一TA指示信息的传输资源、发射功率和传输方式中的至少一项;Receiving, by the network device, the second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate at least one of a transmission resource, a transmission power, and a transmission manner of the first TA indication information;
    所述向第一终端设备发送第一TA指示信息,包括:The sending the first TA indication information to the first terminal device includes:
    根据所述第二指示信息,向所述第一终端设备发送第一TA指示信息。And transmitting first TA indication information to the first terminal device according to the second indication information.
  18. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, comprising:
    确定时间提前TA指示信息的传输资源,其中,所述TA指示信息是由第二类型的终端设备向第一类型的终端设备发送的,并且所述第二类型的终端设备发送的TA指示信息用于指示所述第二类型的终端设备的TA值;Determining a transmission resource of the time advance TA indication information, wherein the TA indication information is sent by the second type of terminal device to the first type of terminal device, and the TA indication information sent by the second type of terminal device is used by Instructing the TA value of the second type of terminal device;
    发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述TA指示信息的传输资源。Sending the second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the transmission resource of the TA indication information.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述发送第二指示信息,包括:以广播形式发送所述第二指示信息。The method according to claim 18, wherein the sending the second indication information comprises: transmitting the second indication information in a broadcast form.
  20. 根据权利要求18或19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息还用于指示所述TA指示信息的发射功率;The method according to claim 18 or 19, wherein the second indication information is further used to indicate a transmit power of the TA indication information;
    在所述发送第二指示信息之前,所述方法还包括: Before the sending the second indication information, the method further includes:
    根据TA调整粒度,确定所述TA指示信息的期望传输距离;Determining a desired transmission distance of the TA indication information according to the TA adjustment granularity;
    根据所述期望传输距离,确定所述TA指示信息的发射功率。And determining, according to the expected transmission distance, a transmit power of the TA indication information.
  21. 根据权利要求18至20中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 18 to 20, wherein the method further comprises:
    确定第一终端设备为所述第一类型的终端设备或所述第二类型的终端设备;Determining that the first terminal device is the first type of terminal device or the second type of terminal device;
    向所述第一终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备为所述第一类型的终端设备或所述第二类型的终端设备。Sending the first indication information to the first terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device is the first type terminal device or the second type terminal device.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向所述第一终端设备发送第一指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 21, wherein the sending the first indication information to the first terminal device comprises:
    在所述第一终端设备的随机接入过程中向所述第一终端设备发送所述第一指示信息。Transmitting the first indication information to the first terminal device in a random access process of the first terminal device.
  23. 根据权利要求18至22中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 18 to 22, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收第二终端设备发送的上行信息;Receiving uplink information sent by the second terminal device;
    根据接收到的所述上行信息,确定所述第二终端设备上行失步;Determining, by the received uplink information, that the second terminal device is out of synchronization;
    向所述第二终端设备发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第二终端设备上行失步。The third indication information is sent to the second terminal device, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the second terminal device is out of synchronization.
  24. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, comprising:
    确定第一终端设备为第一类型的终端设备或第二类型的终端设备,其中,所述第二类型的终端设备为从网络设备获取时间提前TA值的终端设备,所述第一类型的终端设备为从检测到的所述第二类型的终端设备发送的TA指示信息中获取TA值的终端设备;Determining that the first terminal device is a terminal device of a first type or a terminal device of a second type, wherein the terminal device of the second type is a terminal device that acquires a time advance TA value from the network device, where the terminal device of the first type The device is a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the TA indication information sent by the detected second type terminal device;
    发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备为所述第一类型的终端设备或所述第二类型的终端设备。Sending the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device is the first type of terminal device or the second type of terminal device.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述发送第一指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 24, wherein the sending the first indication information comprises:
    在所述第一终端设备的随机接入过程中发送所述第一指示信息。Transmitting the first indication information in a random access procedure of the first terminal device.
  26. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:
    检测单元,用于检测第一时间提前TA指示信息,其中,所述第一TA指示信息是由第二终端设备发送的,并且所述第一TA指示信息用于指示所 述第二终端设备的TA值;a detecting unit, configured to detect a first time advance TA indication information, where the first TA indication information is sent by a second terminal device, and the first TA indication information is used to indicate Describe the TA value of the second terminal device;
    确定单元,用于根据所述检测单元检测到的第一TA指示信息,确定第一终端设备的TA值。And a determining unit, configured to determine a TA value of the first terminal device according to the first TA indication information detected by the detecting unit.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一TA指示信息还用于指示所述第二终端设备的服务小区;The apparatus according to claim 26, wherein the first TA indication information is further used to indicate a serving cell of the second terminal device;
    所述确定单元具体用于若所述第一终端设备当前的服务小区与所述第一TA指示信息所指示的服务小区相同,根据所述检测单元检测到的第一TA指示信息,确定所述第一终端设备的TA值。The determining unit is specifically configured to: if the current serving cell of the first terminal device is the same as the serving cell indicated by the first TA indication information, determine the first TA indication information that is detected by the detecting unit, The TA value of the first terminal device.
  28. 根据权利要求26或27所述的装置,其特征在于,所述确定单元具体用于将所述检测单元检测到的第一TA指示信息所指示的TA值确定为所述第一终端设备的TA值。The device according to claim 26 or 27, wherein the determining unit is specifically configured to determine a TA value indicated by the first TA indication information detected by the detecting unit as a TA of the first terminal device value.
  29. 根据权利要求26至28中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The device according to any one of claims 26 to 28, wherein the device further comprises:
    第一接收单元,用于在所述检测单元检测第一TA指示信息之前,接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备为第一类型的终端设备,其中,所述第一类型的终端设备为从第二类型的终端设备发送的TA指示信息中获取TA值的终端设备,所述第二类型的终端设备为从所述网络设备获取TA值的终端设备。a first receiving unit, configured to receive first indication information that is sent by the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device is the first type, before the detecting unit detects the first TA indication information a terminal device, wherein the terminal device of the first type is a terminal device that acquires a TA value from TA indication information sent from a second type of terminal device, and the second type of terminal device acquires a TA from the network device Value of the terminal device.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一接收单元具体用于接收所述网络设备在随机接入过程中发送的所述第一指示信息。The apparatus according to claim 29, wherein the first receiving unit is specifically configured to receive the first indication information that is sent by the network device in a random access procedure.
  31. 根据权利要求29或30所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The device according to claim 29 or 30, wherein the device further comprises:
    第一获取单元,用于若所述第一终端设备上行失步,从所述网络设备获取所述第一终端设备的TA值;a first acquiring unit, configured to acquire, when the first terminal device is out of synchronization, the TA value of the first terminal device from the network device;
    所述检测单元还用于在所述第一获取单元从所述网络设备获取所述第一终端设备的TA值之后,继续检测所述第一TA指示信息。The detecting unit is further configured to continue to detect the first TA indication information after the first acquiring unit acquires the TA value of the first terminal device from the network device.
  32. 根据权利要求26至28中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述检测单元还用于在初始接入网络设备或从睡眠状态切换至连接状态时,检测第二TA指示信息,所述第二TA指示信息是由已确定为第二类型的终端设备的第三终端设备发送的,并且所述第二TA指示信息用于指示所述第三终端设备的TA值;The device according to any one of claims 26 to 28, wherein the detecting unit is further configured to detect the second TA indication information when initially accessing the network device or switching from the sleep state to the connected state, The second TA indication information is sent by the third terminal device that has been determined to be the second type of terminal device, and the second TA indication information is used to indicate the TA value of the third terminal device;
    所述确定单元还用于若所述检测单元在预设时间段内检测到所述第二 TA指示信息,确定所述第一终端设备为第一类型的终端设备。The determining unit is further configured to: if the detecting unit detects the second time in a preset time period The TA indicates information that the first terminal device is determined to be the first type of terminal device.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The device of claim 32, wherein the device further comprises:
    第二获取单元,用于若所述第一终端设备上行失步,从所述网络设备获取所述第一终端设备的TA值。And a second acquiring unit, configured to acquire a TA value of the first terminal device from the network device, if the first terminal device is out of synchronization.
  34. 根据权利要求26至33中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述检测单元具体用于:The device according to any one of claims 26 to 33, wherein the detecting unit is specifically configured to:
    在设备到设备D2D广播信道上检测所述第一TA指示信息。The first TA indication information is detected on a device-to-device D2D broadcast channel.
  35. 根据权利要求26至34中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The device according to any one of claims 26 to 34, wherein the device further comprises:
    第二接收单元,用于在所述检测单元检测第一TA指示信息之前,接收网络设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一TA指示信息的传输资源、发射功率和传输方式中的至少一项;a second receiving unit, configured to receive second indication information that is sent by the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate a transmission resource of the first TA indication information, before the detecting unit detects the first TA indication information, At least one of transmit power and transmission mode;
    所述检测单元具体用于根据所述第二接收单元接收的所述第二指示信息,检测所述第一TA指示信息。The detecting unit is specifically configured to detect the first TA indication information according to the second indication information received by the second receiving unit.
  36. 根据权利要求26至35中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置为所述第一终端设备。The device according to any one of claims 26 to 35, wherein the device is the first terminal device.
  37. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:
    获取单元,用于从网络设备获取第二终端设备的时间提前TA值;An acquiring unit, configured to acquire a time advance TA value of the second terminal device from the network device;
    发送单元,用于向第一终端设备发送第一TA指示信息,其中,所述第一TA指示信息用于指示所述获取单元获取的TA值。And a sending unit, configured to send the first TA indication information to the first terminal device, where the first TA indication information is used to indicate a TA value acquired by the acquiring unit.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一TA指示信息还用于指示所述第二终端设备的服务小区。The apparatus according to claim 37, wherein the first TA indication information is further used to indicate a serving cell of the second terminal device.
  39. 根据权利要求37或38所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The device according to claim 37 or 38, wherein the device further comprises:
    第一接收单元,用于在所述获取单元从网络设备获取第二终端设备的TA值之前,接收所述网络设备发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第二终端设备为第二类型的终端设备,所述第二类型的终端设备为从所述网络设备获取TA值的终端设备。a first receiving unit, configured to receive first indication information sent by the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the second, before the acquiring unit acquires a TA value of the second terminal device from the network device The terminal device is a second type of terminal device, and the second type of terminal device is a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the network device.
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一接收单元具体用于接收所述网络设备在随机接入过程中发送的所述第一指示信息。The device according to claim 39, wherein the first receiving unit is specifically configured to receive the first indication information that is sent by the network device in a random access procedure.
  41. 根据权利要求37或38所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The device according to claim 37 or 38, wherein the device further comprises:
    检测单元,用于在初始接入所述网络设备或从睡眠状态切换至连接状态 时,检测第二TA指示信息,所述第二TA指示信息是由已确定为所述第二类型的终端设备的第三终端设备发送的,并且所述第二TA指示信息用于指示所述第三终端设备的TA值;a detecting unit, configured to initially access the network device or switch from a sleep state to a connected state And detecting, by the second TA indication information, the third TA indication information is sent by a third terminal device that is determined to be the second type of terminal device, and the second TA indication information is used to indicate the The TA value of the third terminal device;
    确定单元,用于若所述检测单元在预设时间段内未检测到所述第二TA指示信息,确定所述第二终端设备为第二类型的终端设备。And a determining unit, configured to determine that the second terminal device is a second type of terminal device if the detecting unit does not detect the second TA indication information within a preset time period.
  42. 根据权利要求37至41中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述发送单元具体用于在设备到设备D2D广播信道上发送所述第一TA指示信息。The apparatus according to any one of claims 37 to 41, wherein the transmitting unit is specifically configured to send the first TA indication information on a device-to-device D2D broadcast channel.
  43. 根据权利要求37至42中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The device according to any one of claims 37 to 42, wherein the device further comprises:
    第二接收单元,用于在所述发送单元向第一终端设备发送第一TA指示信息之前,接收所述网络设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一TA指示信息的传输资源、发射功率和传输方式中的至少一项;a second receiving unit, configured to receive second indication information that is sent by the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the first information, before the transmitting unit sends the first TA indication information to the first terminal device The TA indicates at least one of a transmission resource, a transmission power, and a transmission mode of the information;
    所述发送单元具体用于根据所述第二接收单元接收的所述第二指示信息,向所述第一终端设备发送所述第一TA指示信息。The sending unit is configured to send the first TA indication information to the first terminal device according to the second indication information that is received by the second receiving unit.
  44. 根据权利要求37至43中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置为所述第二终端设备。The device according to any one of claims 37 to 43, wherein the device is the second terminal device.
  45. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:
    确定单元,用于确定时间提前TA指示信息的传输资源,其中,所述TA指示信息是由第二类型的终端设备向第一类型的终端设备发送的,并且所述TA指示信息用于指示所述第二类型的终端设备的TA值;a determining unit, configured to determine a transmission resource of the time advance TA indication information, where the TA indication information is sent by the second type of terminal device to the first type of terminal device, and the TA indication information is used to indicate Describe the TA value of the second type of terminal device;
    发送单元,用于发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述TA指示信息的传输资源。And a sending unit, configured to send the second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate a transmission resource of the TA indication information.
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的装置,其特征在于,所述发送单元具体用于以广播形式发送所述第二指示信息。The apparatus according to claim 45, wherein the sending unit is specifically configured to send the second indication information in a broadcast form.
  47. 根据权利要求45或46所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息还用于指示所述TA指示信息的发射功率;The apparatus according to claim 45 or 46, wherein the second indication information is further used to indicate a transmit power of the TA indication information;
    所述确定单元还用于在所述发送单元发送第二指示信息之前,根据TA调整粒度,确定所述TA指示信息的期望传输距离,并且根据所述期望传输距离,确定所述TA指示信息的发射功率。The determining unit is further configured to: before the sending unit sends the second indication information, determine a desired transmission distance of the TA indication information according to the TA adjustment granularity, and determine the TA indication information according to the expected transmission distance. Transmit power.
  48. 根据权利要求45至47中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述确定单元还用于确定第一终端设备为所述第一类型的终端设备或所述第二类 型的终端设备;The device according to any one of claims 45 to 47, wherein the determining unit is further configured to determine that the first terminal device is the first type of terminal device or the second type Type terminal equipment;
    所述发送单元还用于向所述第一终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述确定单元确定的所述第一终端设备为所述第一类型的终端设备或所述第二类型的终端设备。The sending unit is further configured to send the first indication information to the first terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device determined by the determining unit is the terminal device of the first type Or the second type of terminal device.
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的装置,其特征在于,所述发送单元具体用于在所述第一终端设备的随机接入过程中向所述第一终端设备发送所述第一指示信息。The apparatus according to claim 48, wherein the sending unit is specifically configured to send the first indication information to the first terminal device in a random access procedure of the first terminal device.
  50. 根据权利要求45至49中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The device according to any one of claims 45 to 49, wherein the device further comprises:
    接收单元,用于接收第二终端设备发送的上行信息;a receiving unit, configured to receive uplink information sent by the second terminal device;
    所述确定单元还用于根据所述接收单元接收到的所述上行信息,确定所述第二终端设备上行失步;The determining unit is further configured to determine, according to the uplink information received by the receiving unit, that the second terminal device is out of synchronization;
    所述发送单元还用于向所述第二终端设备发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述确定单元确定的第二终端设备上行失步。The sending unit is further configured to send the third indication information to the second terminal device, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the second terminal device determined by the determining unit is out of synchronization.
  51. 根据权利要求45至50中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置为所述网络设备。Apparatus according to any one of claims 45 to 50, wherein said apparatus is said network device.
  52. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:
    确定单元,用于确定第一终端设备为第一类型的终端设备或第二类型的终端设备,其中,所述第二类型的终端设备为从网络设备获取时间提前TA值的终端设备,所述第一类型的终端设备为从检测到的所述第二类型的终端设备发送的TA指示信息中获取TA值的终端设备;a determining unit, configured to determine that the first terminal device is a first type of terminal device or a second type of terminal device, where the second type of terminal device is a terminal device that acquires a time advance TA value from the network device, The terminal device of the first type is a terminal device that acquires a TA value from the TA indication information sent by the detected terminal device of the second type;
    发送单元,用于发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述确定单元确定的所述第一终端设备为所述第一类型的终端设备或所述第二类型的终端设备。a sending unit, configured to send the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device determined by the determining unit is the terminal device of the first type or the terminal device of the second type .
  53. 根据权利要求52所述的装置,其特征在于,所述发送单元具体用于在所述第一终端设备的随机接入过程中发送所述第一指示信息。The apparatus according to claim 52, wherein the sending unit is specifically configured to send the first indication information in a random access procedure of the first terminal device.
  54. 根据权利要求52或53所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置为所述网络设备。 The device according to claim 52 or 53, wherein said device is said network device.
PCT/CN2015/081958 2015-06-19 2015-06-19 Communication method and apparatus WO2016201701A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201580080874.5A CN107710839B (en) 2015-06-19 2015-06-19 Communication method and device
PCT/CN2015/081958 WO2016201701A1 (en) 2015-06-19 2015-06-19 Communication method and apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2015/081958 WO2016201701A1 (en) 2015-06-19 2015-06-19 Communication method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016201701A1 true WO2016201701A1 (en) 2016-12-22

Family

ID=57544777

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2015/081958 WO2016201701A1 (en) 2015-06-19 2015-06-19 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN107710839B (en)
WO (1) WO2016201701A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018133780A1 (en) * 2017-01-18 2018-07-26 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Systems and methods for asynchronous grant-free access
CN110651509A (en) * 2017-05-14 2020-01-03 Lg电子株式会社 Method and apparatus for transmitting sidelink signal in wireless communication system
CN111316721A (en) * 2017-11-09 2020-06-19 高通股份有限公司 Adaptive timing advance for multiple RACH transmissions in a backhaul network
EP3813390A4 (en) * 2018-06-25 2021-05-26 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Communication method, device and system

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110177397B (en) * 2018-02-17 2023-09-22 迪朵无线创新有限公司 User equipment, method and device in base station for wireless communication
WO2023029010A1 (en) * 2021-09-03 2023-03-09 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Timing advance value reporting method and apparatus, and storage medium
CN114168365B (en) * 2021-12-07 2023-06-20 中国船舶重工集团公司第七0七研究所 Real-time data recording method based on stm32f450 processor
WO2024087738A1 (en) * 2023-07-12 2024-05-02 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Methods and apparatuses for srs configuration with validity area

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102833842A (en) * 2011-06-14 2012-12-19 普天信息技术研究院有限公司 Method for transmitting time advance of uplink clock
US20130242953A1 (en) * 2012-03-16 2013-09-19 Nokia Corporation Update of timing advance without starting discontinuous reception activity timer
CN103796194A (en) * 2012-10-31 2014-05-14 华为技术有限公司 Method and apparatus for transmitting uplink data in carrier aggregation
CN104412676A (en) * 2012-06-26 2015-03-11 Lg电子株式会社 Synchronization method and synchronization apparatus for d2d communication in wireless communication system

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050053099A1 (en) * 2003-09-05 2005-03-10 Spear Stephen L. Timing advance determinations in wireless communications devices and methods
CN102123475B (en) * 2010-01-12 2015-08-19 华为技术有限公司 A kind of defining method of timing advance grouping and device
EP2670200A4 (en) * 2011-01-27 2017-03-29 Fujitsu Limited Base-station device, mobile-station device, wireless-communication method, and wireless-communication system
JP5724632B2 (en) * 2011-05-25 2015-05-27 富士通株式会社 Base station and communication method
JP5926394B2 (en) * 2012-09-27 2016-05-25 京セラ株式会社 Mobile communication system, user terminal, base station and processor

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102833842A (en) * 2011-06-14 2012-12-19 普天信息技术研究院有限公司 Method for transmitting time advance of uplink clock
US20130242953A1 (en) * 2012-03-16 2013-09-19 Nokia Corporation Update of timing advance without starting discontinuous reception activity timer
CN104412676A (en) * 2012-06-26 2015-03-11 Lg电子株式会社 Synchronization method and synchronization apparatus for d2d communication in wireless communication system
CN103796194A (en) * 2012-10-31 2014-05-14 华为技术有限公司 Method and apparatus for transmitting uplink data in carrier aggregation

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018133780A1 (en) * 2017-01-18 2018-07-26 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Systems and methods for asynchronous grant-free access
US11265896B2 (en) 2017-01-18 2022-03-01 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Systems and methods for asynchronous grant-free access
CN110651509A (en) * 2017-05-14 2020-01-03 Lg电子株式会社 Method and apparatus for transmitting sidelink signal in wireless communication system
CN110651509B (en) * 2017-05-14 2021-11-19 Lg电子株式会社 Method and apparatus for transmitting sidelink signal in wireless communication system
CN111316721A (en) * 2017-11-09 2020-06-19 高通股份有限公司 Adaptive timing advance for multiple RACH transmissions in a backhaul network
CN111316721B (en) * 2017-11-09 2023-03-10 高通股份有限公司 Adaptive timing advance for multiple RACH transmissions in a backhaul network
EP3813390A4 (en) * 2018-06-25 2021-05-26 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Communication method, device and system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN107710839B (en) 2020-07-14
CN107710839A (en) 2018-02-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR102421374B1 (en) Signal configuration method and related device
US20210400704A1 (en) In-coverage network controlled off-loading over an unlicensed sidelink
US11758546B2 (en) Method and apparatus for determining HARQ timing in wireless communications
WO2016201701A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
EP3370380B1 (en) Method, device and system for downlink synchronization
TWI816885B (en) Harq feedback for multicast/unicast
US20190335496A1 (en) Channel listening method and apparatus
TW202234935A (en) Channel occupancy time (cot) sharing for sidelink
JP6019005B2 (en) Wireless base station, user terminal, and wireless communication method
CN112970214B (en) Feedback signaling for side links
JP7398458B2 (en) Signaling of selected subsets of CORESET in COT
WO2013107214A1 (en) Wireless communication method and apparatus
JP6466591B2 (en) Uplink scheduling using power control commands in FDD half-duplex networks
TWI640215B (en) Methods and apparatus for cell access via anchor carrier
KR20200020536A (en) Method and apparatus for transmiting and receiving synchronization signal in new radio vehicle to everything system
CN115486157A (en) Resource reservation for sidelink communications
US20230292391A1 (en) Communication system and communication terminal
US20220141873A1 (en) Channel occupancy information multi-access reporting
KR102604254B1 (en) Method and apparatus for performing synchronization procedure in new radio vehicle to everything system
US20230337235A1 (en) Methods for protecting sidelink feedback information
US20230189210A1 (en) Indication of preferred paging carrier
EP4270852A2 (en) Sidelink control information communication
WO2023039783A1 (en) Decoupled mini-slot sidelink control information (sci) for scheduling and resource reservation
US20230198593A1 (en) Channel state information triggering and reporting
JP2024514131A (en) Defining an association between PRS and SRS to improve multi-RTT positioning in processing capacity-constrained scenarios

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15895274

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 15895274

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1